Home | History | Annotate | Line # | Download | only in bfd
elf32-cris.c revision 1.1.1.6
      1      1.1     skrll /* CRIS-specific support for 32-bit ELF.
      2  1.1.1.6  christos    Copyright (C) 2000-2018 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
      3      1.1     skrll    Contributed by Axis Communications AB.
      4      1.1     skrll    Written by Hans-Peter Nilsson, based on elf32-fr30.c
      5      1.1     skrll    PIC and shlib bits based primarily on elf32-m68k.c and elf32-i386.c.
      6      1.1     skrll 
      7      1.1     skrll    This file is part of BFD, the Binary File Descriptor library.
      8      1.1     skrll 
      9      1.1     skrll    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
     10      1.1     skrll    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
     11      1.1     skrll    the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
     12      1.1     skrll    (at your option) any later version.
     13      1.1     skrll 
     14      1.1     skrll    This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
     15      1.1     skrll    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
     16      1.1     skrll    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
     17      1.1     skrll    GNU General Public License for more details.
     18      1.1     skrll 
     19      1.1     skrll    You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
     20      1.1     skrll    along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
     21      1.1     skrll    Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston,
     22      1.1     skrll    MA 02110-1301, USA.  */
     23      1.1     skrll 
     24      1.1     skrll #include "sysdep.h"
     25      1.1     skrll #include "bfd.h"
     26      1.1     skrll #include "libbfd.h"
     27      1.1     skrll #include "elf-bfd.h"
     28      1.1     skrll #include "elf/cris.h"
     29  1.1.1.2  christos #include <limits.h>
     30      1.1     skrll 
     31  1.1.1.3  christos bfd_reloc_status_type
     32  1.1.1.3  christos cris_elf_pcrel_reloc (bfd *, arelent *, asymbol *, void *,
     33  1.1.1.3  christos 		      asection *, bfd *, char **);
     34  1.1.1.3  christos static bfd_boolean
     35  1.1.1.3  christos cris_elf_set_mach_from_flags (bfd *, unsigned long);
     36      1.1     skrll 
     37  1.1.1.3  christos /* Forward declarations.  */
     38      1.1     skrll static reloc_howto_type cris_elf_howto_table [] =
     39      1.1     skrll {
     40      1.1     skrll   /* This reloc does nothing.  */
     41      1.1     skrll   HOWTO (R_CRIS_NONE,		/* type */
     42      1.1     skrll 	 0,			/* rightshift */
     43  1.1.1.4  christos 	 3,			/* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
     44  1.1.1.4  christos 	 0,			/* bitsize */
     45      1.1     skrll 	 FALSE,			/* pc_relative */
     46      1.1     skrll 	 0,			/* bitpos */
     47  1.1.1.4  christos 	 complain_overflow_dont, /* complain_on_overflow */
     48      1.1     skrll 	 bfd_elf_generic_reloc,	/* special_function */
     49      1.1     skrll 	 "R_CRIS_NONE",		/* name */
     50      1.1     skrll 	 FALSE,			/* partial_inplace */
     51      1.1     skrll 	 0,			/* src_mask */
     52      1.1     skrll 	 0,			/* dst_mask */
     53      1.1     skrll 	 FALSE),		/* pcrel_offset */
     54      1.1     skrll 
     55      1.1     skrll   /* An 8 bit absolute relocation.  */
     56      1.1     skrll   HOWTO (R_CRIS_8,		/* type */
     57      1.1     skrll 	 0,			/* rightshift */
     58      1.1     skrll 	 0,			/* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
     59      1.1     skrll 	 8,			/* bitsize */
     60      1.1     skrll 	 FALSE,			/* pc_relative */
     61      1.1     skrll 	 0,			/* bitpos */
     62      1.1     skrll 	 complain_overflow_bitfield, /* complain_on_overflow */
     63      1.1     skrll 	 bfd_elf_generic_reloc,	/* special_function */
     64      1.1     skrll 	 "R_CRIS_8",		/* name */
     65      1.1     skrll 	 FALSE,			/* partial_inplace */
     66      1.1     skrll 	 0x0000,		/* src_mask */
     67      1.1     skrll 	 0x00ff,		/* dst_mask */
     68      1.1     skrll 	 FALSE),		/* pcrel_offset */
     69      1.1     skrll 
     70      1.1     skrll   /* A 16 bit absolute relocation.  */
     71      1.1     skrll   HOWTO (R_CRIS_16,		/* type */
     72      1.1     skrll 	 0,			/* rightshift */
     73      1.1     skrll 	 1,			/* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
     74      1.1     skrll 	 16,			/* bitsize */
     75      1.1     skrll 	 FALSE,			/* pc_relative */
     76      1.1     skrll 	 0,			/* bitpos */
     77      1.1     skrll 	 complain_overflow_bitfield, /* complain_on_overflow */
     78      1.1     skrll 	 bfd_elf_generic_reloc,	/* special_function */
     79      1.1     skrll 	 "R_CRIS_16",		/* name */
     80      1.1     skrll 	 FALSE,			/* partial_inplace */
     81      1.1     skrll 	 0x00000000,		/* src_mask */
     82      1.1     skrll 	 0x0000ffff,		/* dst_mask */
     83      1.1     skrll 	 FALSE),		/* pcrel_offset */
     84      1.1     skrll 
     85      1.1     skrll   /* A 32 bit absolute relocation.  */
     86      1.1     skrll   HOWTO (R_CRIS_32,		/* type */
     87      1.1     skrll 	 0,			/* rightshift */
     88      1.1     skrll 	 2,			/* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
     89      1.1     skrll 	 32,			/* bitsize */
     90      1.1     skrll 	 FALSE,			/* pc_relative */
     91      1.1     skrll 	 0,			/* bitpos */
     92      1.1     skrll 	 /* We don't want overflow complaints for 64-bit vma builds
     93      1.1     skrll 	    for e.g. sym+0x40000000 (or actually sym-0xc0000000 in
     94      1.1     skrll 	    32-bit ELF) where sym=0xc0001234.
     95      1.1     skrll 	    Don't do this for the PIC relocs, as we don't expect to
     96      1.1     skrll 	    see them with large offsets.  */
     97      1.1     skrll 	 complain_overflow_dont, /* complain_on_overflow */
     98      1.1     skrll 	 bfd_elf_generic_reloc,	/* special_function */
     99      1.1     skrll 	 "R_CRIS_32",		/* name */
    100      1.1     skrll 	 FALSE,			/* partial_inplace */
    101      1.1     skrll 	 0x00000000,		/* src_mask */
    102      1.1     skrll 	 0xffffffff,		/* dst_mask */
    103      1.1     skrll 	 FALSE),		/* pcrel_offset */
    104      1.1     skrll 
    105      1.1     skrll   /* An 8 bit PC-relative relocation.  */
    106      1.1     skrll   HOWTO (R_CRIS_8_PCREL,	/* type */
    107      1.1     skrll 	 0,			/* rightshift */
    108      1.1     skrll 	 0,			/* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
    109      1.1     skrll 	 8,			/* bitsize */
    110      1.1     skrll 	 TRUE,			/* pc_relative */
    111      1.1     skrll 	 0,			/* bitpos */
    112      1.1     skrll 	 complain_overflow_bitfield, /* complain_on_overflow */
    113      1.1     skrll 	 cris_elf_pcrel_reloc,	/* special_function */
    114      1.1     skrll 	 "R_CRIS_8_PCREL",	/* name */
    115      1.1     skrll 	 FALSE,			/* partial_inplace */
    116      1.1     skrll 	 0x0000,		/* src_mask */
    117      1.1     skrll 	 0x00ff,		/* dst_mask */
    118      1.1     skrll 	 TRUE),			/* pcrel_offset */
    119      1.1     skrll 
    120      1.1     skrll   /* A 16 bit PC-relative relocation.  */
    121      1.1     skrll   HOWTO (R_CRIS_16_PCREL,	/* type */
    122      1.1     skrll 	 0,			/* rightshift */
    123      1.1     skrll 	 1,			/* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
    124      1.1     skrll 	 16,			/* bitsize */
    125      1.1     skrll 	 TRUE,			/* pc_relative */
    126      1.1     skrll 	 0,			/* bitpos */
    127      1.1     skrll 	 complain_overflow_bitfield, /* complain_on_overflow */
    128      1.1     skrll 	 cris_elf_pcrel_reloc,	/* special_function */
    129      1.1     skrll 	 "R_CRIS_16_PCREL",	/* name */
    130      1.1     skrll 	 FALSE,			/* partial_inplace */
    131      1.1     skrll 	 0x00000000,		/* src_mask */
    132      1.1     skrll 	 0x0000ffff,		/* dst_mask */
    133      1.1     skrll 	 TRUE),			/* pcrel_offset */
    134      1.1     skrll 
    135      1.1     skrll   /* A 32 bit PC-relative relocation.  */
    136      1.1     skrll   HOWTO (R_CRIS_32_PCREL,	/* type */
    137      1.1     skrll 	 0,			/* rightshift */
    138      1.1     skrll 	 2,			/* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
    139      1.1     skrll 	 32,			/* bitsize */
    140      1.1     skrll 	 TRUE,			/* pc_relative */
    141      1.1     skrll 	 0,			/* bitpos */
    142      1.1     skrll 	 complain_overflow_bitfield, /* complain_on_overflow */
    143      1.1     skrll 	 cris_elf_pcrel_reloc,	/* special_function */
    144      1.1     skrll 	 "R_CRIS_32_PCREL",	/* name */
    145      1.1     skrll 	 FALSE,			/* partial_inplace */
    146      1.1     skrll 	 0x00000000,		/* src_mask */
    147      1.1     skrll 	 0xffffffff,		/* dst_mask */
    148      1.1     skrll 	 TRUE),			/* pcrel_offset */
    149      1.1     skrll 
    150      1.1     skrll   /* GNU extension to record C++ vtable hierarchy.  */
    151      1.1     skrll   HOWTO (R_CRIS_GNU_VTINHERIT,	/* type */
    152      1.1     skrll 	 0,			/* rightshift */
    153      1.1     skrll 	 2,			/* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
    154      1.1     skrll 	 0,			/* bitsize */
    155      1.1     skrll 	 FALSE,			/* pc_relative */
    156      1.1     skrll 	 0,			/* bitpos */
    157      1.1     skrll 	 complain_overflow_dont, /* complain_on_overflow */
    158      1.1     skrll 	 NULL,			/* special_function */
    159      1.1     skrll 	 "R_CRIS_GNU_VTINHERIT", /* name */
    160      1.1     skrll 	 FALSE,			/* partial_inplace */
    161      1.1     skrll 	 0,			/* src_mask */
    162      1.1     skrll 	 0,			/* dst_mask */
    163      1.1     skrll 	 FALSE),		/* pcrel_offset */
    164      1.1     skrll 
    165      1.1     skrll   /* GNU extension to record C++ vtable member usage.  */
    166      1.1     skrll   HOWTO (R_CRIS_GNU_VTENTRY,	/* type */
    167      1.1     skrll 	 0,			/* rightshift */
    168      1.1     skrll 	 2,			/* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
    169      1.1     skrll 	 0,			/* bitsize */
    170      1.1     skrll 	 FALSE,			/* pc_relative */
    171      1.1     skrll 	 0,			/* bitpos */
    172      1.1     skrll 	 complain_overflow_dont, /* complain_on_overflow */
    173      1.1     skrll 	 _bfd_elf_rel_vtable_reloc_fn,	/* special_function */
    174      1.1     skrll 	 "R_CRIS_GNU_VTENTRY",	 /* name */
    175      1.1     skrll 	 FALSE,			/* partial_inplace */
    176      1.1     skrll 	 0,			/* src_mask */
    177      1.1     skrll 	 0,			/* dst_mask */
    178      1.1     skrll 	 FALSE),		/* pcrel_offset */
    179      1.1     skrll 
    180      1.1     skrll   /* This is used only by the dynamic linker.  The symbol should exist
    181      1.1     skrll      both in the object being run and in some shared library.  The
    182      1.1     skrll      dynamic linker copies the data addressed by the symbol from the
    183      1.1     skrll      shared library into the object, because the object being
    184      1.1     skrll      run has to have the data at some particular address.  */
    185      1.1     skrll   HOWTO (R_CRIS_COPY,		/* type */
    186      1.1     skrll 	 0,			/* rightshift */
    187      1.1     skrll 	 2,			/* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
    188      1.1     skrll 	 32,			/* bitsize */
    189      1.1     skrll 	 FALSE,			/* pc_relative */
    190      1.1     skrll 	 0,			/* bitpos */
    191      1.1     skrll 	 complain_overflow_bitfield, /* complain_on_overflow */
    192      1.1     skrll 	 bfd_elf_generic_reloc,	/* special_function */
    193      1.1     skrll 	 "R_CRIS_COPY",		/* name */
    194      1.1     skrll 	 FALSE,			/* partial_inplace */
    195      1.1     skrll 	 0,			/* src_mask */
    196      1.1     skrll 	 0,			/* dst_mask */
    197      1.1     skrll 	 FALSE),		/* pcrel_offset */
    198      1.1     skrll 
    199      1.1     skrll   /* Like R_CRIS_32, but used when setting global offset table entries.  */
    200      1.1     skrll   HOWTO (R_CRIS_GLOB_DAT,	/* type */
    201      1.1     skrll 	 0,			/* rightshift */
    202      1.1     skrll 	 2,			/* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
    203      1.1     skrll 	 32,			/* bitsize */
    204      1.1     skrll 	 FALSE,			/* pc_relative */
    205      1.1     skrll 	 0,			/* bitpos */
    206      1.1     skrll 	 complain_overflow_bitfield, /* complain_on_overflow */
    207      1.1     skrll 	 bfd_elf_generic_reloc,	/* special_function */
    208      1.1     skrll 	 "R_CRIS_GLOB_DAT",	/* name */
    209      1.1     skrll 	 FALSE,			/* partial_inplace */
    210      1.1     skrll 	 0,			/* src_mask */
    211      1.1     skrll 	 0xffffffff,		/* dst_mask */
    212      1.1     skrll 	 FALSE),		/* pcrel_offset */
    213      1.1     skrll 
    214      1.1     skrll   /* Marks a procedure linkage table entry for a symbol.  */
    215      1.1     skrll   HOWTO (R_CRIS_JUMP_SLOT,	/* type */
    216      1.1     skrll 	 0,			/* rightshift */
    217      1.1     skrll 	 2,			/* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
    218      1.1     skrll 	 32,			/* bitsize */
    219      1.1     skrll 	 FALSE,			/* pc_relative */
    220      1.1     skrll 	 0,			/* bitpos */
    221      1.1     skrll 	 complain_overflow_bitfield, /* complain_on_overflow */
    222      1.1     skrll 	 bfd_elf_generic_reloc,	/* special_function */
    223      1.1     skrll 	 "R_CRIS_JUMP_SLOT",	/* name */
    224      1.1     skrll 	 FALSE,			/* partial_inplace */
    225      1.1     skrll 	 0,			/* src_mask */
    226      1.1     skrll 	 0,			/* dst_mask */
    227      1.1     skrll 	 FALSE),		/* pcrel_offset */
    228      1.1     skrll 
    229      1.1     skrll   /* Used only by the dynamic linker.  When the object is run, this
    230      1.1     skrll      longword is set to the load address of the object, plus the
    231      1.1     skrll      addend.  */
    232      1.1     skrll   HOWTO (R_CRIS_RELATIVE,	/* type */
    233      1.1     skrll 	 0,			/* rightshift */
    234      1.1     skrll 	 2,			/* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
    235      1.1     skrll 	 32,			/* bitsize */
    236      1.1     skrll 	 FALSE,			/* pc_relative */
    237      1.1     skrll 	 0,			/* bitpos */
    238      1.1     skrll 	 complain_overflow_bitfield, /* complain_on_overflow */
    239      1.1     skrll 	 bfd_elf_generic_reloc,	/* special_function */
    240      1.1     skrll 	 "R_CRIS_RELATIVE",	/* name */
    241      1.1     skrll 	 FALSE,			/* partial_inplace */
    242      1.1     skrll 	 0,			/* src_mask */
    243      1.1     skrll 	 0xffffffff,		/* dst_mask */
    244      1.1     skrll 	 FALSE),		/* pcrel_offset */
    245      1.1     skrll 
    246      1.1     skrll   /* Like R_CRIS_32, but referring to the GOT table entry for the symbol.  */
    247      1.1     skrll   HOWTO (R_CRIS_16_GOT,		/* type */
    248      1.1     skrll 	 0,			/* rightshift */
    249      1.1     skrll 	 1,			/* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
    250      1.1     skrll 	 16,			/* bitsize */
    251      1.1     skrll 	 FALSE,			/* pc_relative */
    252      1.1     skrll 	 0,			/* bitpos */
    253      1.1     skrll 	 complain_overflow_bitfield, /* complain_on_overflow */
    254      1.1     skrll 	 bfd_elf_generic_reloc,	/* special_function */
    255      1.1     skrll 	 "R_CRIS_16_GOT",	/* name */
    256      1.1     skrll 	 FALSE,			/* partial_inplace */
    257      1.1     skrll 	 0,			/* src_mask */
    258      1.1     skrll 	 0xffff,		/* dst_mask */
    259      1.1     skrll 	 FALSE),		/* pcrel_offset */
    260      1.1     skrll 
    261      1.1     skrll   HOWTO (R_CRIS_32_GOT,		/* type */
    262      1.1     skrll 	 0,			/* rightshift */
    263      1.1     skrll 	 2,			/* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
    264      1.1     skrll 	 32,			/* bitsize */
    265      1.1     skrll 	 FALSE,			/* pc_relative */
    266      1.1     skrll 	 0,			/* bitpos */
    267      1.1     skrll 	 complain_overflow_bitfield, /* complain_on_overflow */
    268      1.1     skrll 	 bfd_elf_generic_reloc,	/* special_function */
    269      1.1     skrll 	 "R_CRIS_32_GOT",	/* name */
    270      1.1     skrll 	 FALSE,			/* partial_inplace */
    271      1.1     skrll 	 0,			/* src_mask */
    272      1.1     skrll 	 0xffffffff,		/* dst_mask */
    273      1.1     skrll 	 FALSE),		/* pcrel_offset */
    274      1.1     skrll 
    275      1.1     skrll   /* Like R_CRIS_32_GOT, but referring to (and requesting a) PLT part of
    276      1.1     skrll      the GOT table for the symbol.  */
    277      1.1     skrll   HOWTO (R_CRIS_16_GOTPLT,	/* type */
    278      1.1     skrll 	 0,			/* rightshift */
    279      1.1     skrll 	 1,			/* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
    280      1.1     skrll 	 16,			/* bitsize */
    281      1.1     skrll 	 FALSE,			/* pc_relative */
    282      1.1     skrll 	 0,			/* bitpos */
    283      1.1     skrll 	 complain_overflow_bitfield, /* complain_on_overflow */
    284      1.1     skrll 	 bfd_elf_generic_reloc,	/* special_function */
    285      1.1     skrll 	 "R_CRIS_16_GOTPLT",	/* name */
    286      1.1     skrll 	 FALSE,			/* partial_inplace */
    287      1.1     skrll 	 0,			/* src_mask */
    288      1.1     skrll 	 0xffff,		/* dst_mask */
    289      1.1     skrll 	 FALSE),		/* pcrel_offset */
    290      1.1     skrll 
    291      1.1     skrll   HOWTO (R_CRIS_32_GOTPLT,	/* type */
    292      1.1     skrll 	 0,			/* rightshift */
    293      1.1     skrll 	 2,			/* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
    294      1.1     skrll 	 32,			/* bitsize */
    295      1.1     skrll 	 FALSE,			/* pc_relative */
    296      1.1     skrll 	 0,			/* bitpos */
    297      1.1     skrll 	 complain_overflow_bitfield, /* complain_on_overflow */
    298      1.1     skrll 	 bfd_elf_generic_reloc,	/* special_function */
    299      1.1     skrll 	 "R_CRIS_32_GOTPLT",	/* name */
    300      1.1     skrll 	 FALSE,			/* partial_inplace */
    301      1.1     skrll 	 0,			/* src_mask */
    302      1.1     skrll 	 0xffffffff,		/* dst_mask */
    303      1.1     skrll 	 FALSE),		/* pcrel_offset */
    304      1.1     skrll 
    305      1.1     skrll   /* A 32-bit offset from GOT to (local const) symbol: no GOT entry should
    306      1.1     skrll      be necessary.  */
    307      1.1     skrll   HOWTO (R_CRIS_32_GOTREL,	/* type */
    308      1.1     skrll 	 0,			/* rightshift */
    309      1.1     skrll 	 2,			/* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
    310      1.1     skrll 	 32,			/* bitsize */
    311      1.1     skrll 	 FALSE,			/* pc_relative */
    312      1.1     skrll 	 0,			/* bitpos */
    313      1.1     skrll 	 complain_overflow_bitfield, /* complain_on_overflow */
    314      1.1     skrll 	 bfd_elf_generic_reloc,	/* special_function */
    315      1.1     skrll 	 "R_CRIS_32_GOTREL",	/* name */
    316      1.1     skrll 	 FALSE,			/* partial_inplace */
    317      1.1     skrll 	 0,			/* src_mask */
    318      1.1     skrll 	 0xffffffff,		/* dst_mask */
    319      1.1     skrll 	 FALSE),		/* pcrel_offset */
    320      1.1     skrll 
    321      1.1     skrll   /* A 32-bit offset from GOT to entry for this symbol in PLT and request
    322      1.1     skrll      to create PLT entry for symbol.  */
    323      1.1     skrll   HOWTO (R_CRIS_32_PLT_GOTREL,	/* type */
    324      1.1     skrll 	 0,			/* rightshift */
    325      1.1     skrll 	 2,			/* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
    326      1.1     skrll 	 32,			/* bitsize */
    327      1.1     skrll 	 FALSE,			/* pc_relative */
    328      1.1     skrll 	 0,			/* bitpos */
    329      1.1     skrll 	 complain_overflow_bitfield, /* complain_on_overflow */
    330      1.1     skrll 	 bfd_elf_generic_reloc,	/* special_function */
    331      1.1     skrll 	 "R_CRIS_32_PLT_GOTREL", /* name */
    332      1.1     skrll 	 FALSE,			/* partial_inplace */
    333      1.1     skrll 	 0,			/* src_mask */
    334      1.1     skrll 	 0xffffffff,		/* dst_mask */
    335      1.1     skrll 	 FALSE),		/* pcrel_offset */
    336      1.1     skrll 
    337      1.1     skrll   /* A 32-bit offset from PC (location after the relocation) + addend to
    338      1.1     skrll      entry for this symbol in PLT and request to create PLT entry for
    339      1.1     skrll      symbol.  */
    340      1.1     skrll   HOWTO (R_CRIS_32_PLT_PCREL,	/* type */
    341      1.1     skrll 	 0,			/* rightshift */
    342      1.1     skrll 	 2,			/* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
    343      1.1     skrll 	 32,			/* bitsize */
    344      1.1     skrll 	 TRUE,			/* pc_relative */
    345      1.1     skrll 	 0,			/* bitpos */
    346      1.1     skrll 	 complain_overflow_bitfield, /* complain_on_overflow */
    347      1.1     skrll 	 cris_elf_pcrel_reloc,	/* special_function */
    348      1.1     skrll 	 "R_CRIS_32_PLT_PCREL",	/* name */
    349      1.1     skrll 	 FALSE,			/* partial_inplace */
    350      1.1     skrll 	 0,			/* src_mask */
    351      1.1     skrll 	 0xffffffff,		/* dst_mask */
    352  1.1.1.2  christos 	 TRUE),			/* pcrel_offset */
    353  1.1.1.2  christos 
    354  1.1.1.2  christos   /* We don't handle these in any special manner and cross-format
    355  1.1.1.2  christos      linking is not supported; just recognize them enough to pass them
    356  1.1.1.2  christos      around.  FIXME: do the same for most PIC relocs and add sanity
    357  1.1.1.2  christos      tests to actually refuse gracefully to handle these and PIC
    358  1.1.1.2  christos      relocs for cross-format linking.  */
    359  1.1.1.2  christos #define TLSHOWTO32(name) \
    360  1.1.1.2  christos  HOWTO (name, 0, 2, 32, FALSE, 0, complain_overflow_bitfield, \
    361  1.1.1.6  christos 	bfd_elf_generic_reloc, #name, FALSE, 0, 0xffffffff, FALSE)
    362  1.1.1.2  christos #define TLSHOWTO16X(name, X)	     \
    363  1.1.1.2  christos  HOWTO (name, 0, 1, 16, FALSE, 0, complain_overflow_ ## X, \
    364  1.1.1.6  christos 	bfd_elf_generic_reloc, #name, FALSE, 0, 0xffff, FALSE)
    365  1.1.1.2  christos #define TLSHOWTO16(name) TLSHOWTO16X(name, unsigned)
    366  1.1.1.2  christos #define TLSHOWTO16S(name) TLSHOWTO16X(name, signed)
    367  1.1.1.2  christos 
    368  1.1.1.2  christos   TLSHOWTO32 (R_CRIS_32_GOT_GD),
    369  1.1.1.2  christos   TLSHOWTO16 (R_CRIS_16_GOT_GD),
    370  1.1.1.2  christos   TLSHOWTO32 (R_CRIS_32_GD),
    371  1.1.1.2  christos   TLSHOWTO32 (R_CRIS_DTP),
    372  1.1.1.2  christos   TLSHOWTO32 (R_CRIS_32_DTPREL),
    373  1.1.1.2  christos   TLSHOWTO16S (R_CRIS_16_DTPREL),
    374  1.1.1.2  christos   TLSHOWTO32 (R_CRIS_32_GOT_TPREL),
    375  1.1.1.2  christos   TLSHOWTO16S (R_CRIS_16_GOT_TPREL),
    376  1.1.1.2  christos   TLSHOWTO32 (R_CRIS_32_TPREL),
    377  1.1.1.2  christos   TLSHOWTO16S (R_CRIS_16_TPREL),
    378  1.1.1.2  christos   TLSHOWTO32 (R_CRIS_DTPMOD),
    379  1.1.1.2  christos   TLSHOWTO32 (R_CRIS_32_IE)
    380      1.1     skrll };
    381      1.1     skrll 
    382      1.1     skrll /* Map BFD reloc types to CRIS ELF reloc types.  */
    384      1.1     skrll 
    385      1.1     skrll struct cris_reloc_map
    386      1.1     skrll {
    387      1.1     skrll   bfd_reloc_code_real_type bfd_reloc_val;
    388      1.1     skrll   unsigned int cris_reloc_val;
    389      1.1     skrll };
    390      1.1     skrll 
    391      1.1     skrll static const struct cris_reloc_map cris_reloc_map [] =
    392      1.1     skrll {
    393      1.1     skrll   { BFD_RELOC_NONE,		R_CRIS_NONE },
    394      1.1     skrll   { BFD_RELOC_8,		R_CRIS_8 },
    395      1.1     skrll   { BFD_RELOC_16,		R_CRIS_16 },
    396      1.1     skrll   { BFD_RELOC_32,		R_CRIS_32 },
    397      1.1     skrll   { BFD_RELOC_8_PCREL,		R_CRIS_8_PCREL },
    398      1.1     skrll   { BFD_RELOC_16_PCREL,		R_CRIS_16_PCREL },
    399      1.1     skrll   { BFD_RELOC_32_PCREL,		R_CRIS_32_PCREL },
    400      1.1     skrll   { BFD_RELOC_VTABLE_INHERIT,	R_CRIS_GNU_VTINHERIT },
    401      1.1     skrll   { BFD_RELOC_VTABLE_ENTRY,	R_CRIS_GNU_VTENTRY },
    402      1.1     skrll   { BFD_RELOC_CRIS_COPY,	R_CRIS_COPY },
    403      1.1     skrll   { BFD_RELOC_CRIS_GLOB_DAT,	R_CRIS_GLOB_DAT },
    404      1.1     skrll   { BFD_RELOC_CRIS_JUMP_SLOT,	R_CRIS_JUMP_SLOT },
    405      1.1     skrll   { BFD_RELOC_CRIS_RELATIVE,	R_CRIS_RELATIVE },
    406      1.1     skrll   { BFD_RELOC_CRIS_16_GOT,	R_CRIS_16_GOT },
    407      1.1     skrll   { BFD_RELOC_CRIS_32_GOT,	R_CRIS_32_GOT },
    408      1.1     skrll   { BFD_RELOC_CRIS_16_GOTPLT,	R_CRIS_16_GOTPLT },
    409      1.1     skrll   { BFD_RELOC_CRIS_32_GOTPLT,	R_CRIS_32_GOTPLT },
    410      1.1     skrll   { BFD_RELOC_CRIS_32_GOTREL,	R_CRIS_32_GOTREL },
    411  1.1.1.2  christos   { BFD_RELOC_CRIS_32_PLT_GOTREL, R_CRIS_32_PLT_GOTREL },
    412  1.1.1.2  christos   { BFD_RELOC_CRIS_32_PLT_PCREL, R_CRIS_32_PLT_PCREL },
    413  1.1.1.2  christos   { BFD_RELOC_CRIS_32_GOT_GD,	R_CRIS_32_GOT_GD },
    414  1.1.1.2  christos   { BFD_RELOC_CRIS_16_GOT_GD,	R_CRIS_16_GOT_GD },
    415  1.1.1.2  christos   { BFD_RELOC_CRIS_32_GD,	R_CRIS_32_GD },
    416  1.1.1.2  christos   { BFD_RELOC_CRIS_DTP,	R_CRIS_DTP },
    417  1.1.1.2  christos   { BFD_RELOC_CRIS_32_DTPREL,	R_CRIS_32_DTPREL },
    418  1.1.1.2  christos   { BFD_RELOC_CRIS_16_DTPREL,	R_CRIS_16_DTPREL },
    419  1.1.1.2  christos   { BFD_RELOC_CRIS_32_GOT_TPREL, R_CRIS_32_GOT_TPREL },
    420  1.1.1.2  christos   { BFD_RELOC_CRIS_16_GOT_TPREL, R_CRIS_16_GOT_TPREL },
    421  1.1.1.2  christos   { BFD_RELOC_CRIS_32_TPREL,	R_CRIS_32_TPREL },
    422  1.1.1.2  christos   { BFD_RELOC_CRIS_16_TPREL,	R_CRIS_16_TPREL },
    423  1.1.1.2  christos   { BFD_RELOC_CRIS_DTPMOD,	R_CRIS_DTPMOD },
    424      1.1     skrll   { BFD_RELOC_CRIS_32_IE,	R_CRIS_32_IE }
    425      1.1     skrll };
    426      1.1     skrll 
    427  1.1.1.3  christos static reloc_howto_type *
    428  1.1.1.3  christos cris_reloc_type_lookup (bfd * abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
    429      1.1     skrll 			bfd_reloc_code_real_type code)
    430      1.1     skrll {
    431      1.1     skrll   unsigned int i;
    432      1.1     skrll 
    433      1.1     skrll   for (i = 0; i < sizeof (cris_reloc_map) / sizeof (cris_reloc_map[0]); i++)
    434      1.1     skrll     if (cris_reloc_map [i].bfd_reloc_val == code)
    435      1.1     skrll       return & cris_elf_howto_table [cris_reloc_map[i].cris_reloc_val];
    436      1.1     skrll 
    437      1.1     skrll   return NULL;
    438      1.1     skrll }
    439      1.1     skrll 
    440      1.1     skrll static reloc_howto_type *
    441      1.1     skrll cris_reloc_name_lookup (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, const char *r_name)
    442      1.1     skrll {
    443      1.1     skrll   unsigned int i;
    444      1.1     skrll 
    445      1.1     skrll   for (i = 0;
    446      1.1     skrll        i < sizeof (cris_elf_howto_table) / sizeof (cris_elf_howto_table[0]);
    447      1.1     skrll        i++)
    448      1.1     skrll     if (cris_elf_howto_table[i].name != NULL
    449      1.1     skrll 	&& strcasecmp (cris_elf_howto_table[i].name, r_name) == 0)
    450      1.1     skrll       return &cris_elf_howto_table[i];
    451      1.1     skrll 
    452      1.1     skrll   return NULL;
    453      1.1     skrll }
    454      1.1     skrll 
    455      1.1     skrll /* Set the howto pointer for an CRIS ELF reloc.  */
    456      1.1     skrll 
    457  1.1.1.3  christos static void
    458  1.1.1.3  christos cris_info_to_howto_rela (bfd * abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
    459  1.1.1.3  christos 			 arelent * cache_ptr,
    460      1.1     skrll 			 Elf_Internal_Rela * dst)
    461  1.1.1.2  christos {
    462      1.1     skrll   enum elf_cris_reloc_type r_type;
    463      1.1     skrll 
    464  1.1.1.4  christos   r_type = ELF32_R_TYPE (dst->r_info);
    465  1.1.1.4  christos   if (r_type >= R_CRIS_max)
    466  1.1.1.6  christos     {
    467  1.1.1.4  christos       /* xgettext:c-format */
    468  1.1.1.4  christos       _bfd_error_handler (_("%B: invalid CRIS reloc number: %d"), abfd, r_type);
    469  1.1.1.4  christos       r_type = 0;
    470      1.1     skrll     }
    471      1.1     skrll   cache_ptr->howto = & cris_elf_howto_table [r_type];
    472      1.1     skrll }
    473      1.1     skrll 
    474  1.1.1.3  christos bfd_reloc_status_type
    475  1.1.1.3  christos cris_elf_pcrel_reloc (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
    476  1.1.1.3  christos 		      arelent *reloc_entry,
    477  1.1.1.3  christos 		      asymbol *symbol,
    478  1.1.1.3  christos 		      void * data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
    479  1.1.1.3  christos 		      asection *input_section,
    480  1.1.1.3  christos 		      bfd *output_bfd,
    481      1.1     skrll 		      char **error_message ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
    482      1.1     skrll {
    483      1.1     skrll   /* By default (using only bfd_elf_generic_reloc when linking to
    484      1.1     skrll      non-ELF formats) PC-relative relocs are relative to the beginning
    485      1.1     skrll      of the reloc.  CRIS PC-relative relocs are relative to the position
    486      1.1     skrll      *after* the reloc because that's what pre-CRISv32 PC points to
    487      1.1     skrll      after reading an insn field with that reloc.  (For CRISv32, PC is
    488      1.1     skrll      actually relative to the start of the insn, but we keep the old
    489      1.1     skrll      definition.)  Still, we use as much generic machinery as we can.
    490      1.1     skrll 
    491      1.1     skrll      Only adjust when doing a final link.  */
    492      1.1     skrll   if (output_bfd == (bfd *) NULL)
    493      1.1     skrll     reloc_entry->addend -= 1 << reloc_entry->howto->size;
    494      1.1     skrll 
    495      1.1     skrll   return
    496      1.1     skrll     bfd_elf_generic_reloc (abfd, reloc_entry, symbol, data,
    497      1.1     skrll 			   input_section, output_bfd, error_message);
    498      1.1     skrll }
    499      1.1     skrll 
    500      1.1     skrll /* Support for core dump NOTE sections.
    502      1.1     skrll    The slightly unintuitive code layout is an attempt to keep at least
    503      1.1     skrll    some similarities with other ports, hoping to simplify general
    504      1.1     skrll    changes, while still keeping Linux/CRIS and Linux/CRISv32 code apart.  */
    505  1.1.1.3  christos 
    506      1.1     skrll static bfd_boolean
    507      1.1     skrll cris_elf_grok_prstatus (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
    508      1.1     skrll {
    509      1.1     skrll   int offset;
    510      1.1     skrll   size_t size;
    511      1.1     skrll 
    512      1.1     skrll   if (bfd_get_mach (abfd) == bfd_mach_cris_v32)
    513      1.1     skrll     switch (note->descsz)
    514      1.1     skrll       {
    515      1.1     skrll       default:
    516      1.1     skrll 	return FALSE;
    517      1.1     skrll 
    518  1.1.1.4  christos       case 202:		/* Linux/CRISv32 */
    519      1.1     skrll 	/* pr_cursig */
    520      1.1     skrll 	elf_tdata (abfd)->core->signal = bfd_get_16 (abfd, note->descdata + 12);
    521  1.1.1.4  christos 
    522      1.1     skrll 	/* pr_pid */
    523      1.1     skrll 	elf_tdata (abfd)->core->lwpid = bfd_get_32 (abfd, note->descdata + 22);
    524      1.1     skrll 
    525      1.1     skrll 	/* pr_reg */
    526      1.1     skrll 	offset = 70;
    527      1.1     skrll 	size = 128;
    528      1.1     skrll 
    529      1.1     skrll 	break;
    530      1.1     skrll       }
    531      1.1     skrll   else
    532      1.1     skrll     switch (note->descsz)
    533      1.1     skrll       {
    534      1.1     skrll       default:
    535      1.1     skrll 	return FALSE;
    536      1.1     skrll 
    537  1.1.1.4  christos       case 214:		/* Linux/CRIS */
    538      1.1     skrll 	/* pr_cursig */
    539      1.1     skrll 	elf_tdata (abfd)->core->signal = bfd_get_16 (abfd, note->descdata + 12);
    540  1.1.1.4  christos 
    541      1.1     skrll 	/* pr_pid */
    542      1.1     skrll 	elf_tdata (abfd)->core->lwpid = bfd_get_32 (abfd, note->descdata + 22);
    543      1.1     skrll 
    544      1.1     skrll 	/* pr_reg */
    545      1.1     skrll 	offset = 70;
    546      1.1     skrll 	size = 140;
    547      1.1     skrll 
    548      1.1     skrll 	break;
    549      1.1     skrll       }
    550      1.1     skrll 
    551      1.1     skrll   /* Make a ".reg/999" section.  */
    552      1.1     skrll   return _bfd_elfcore_make_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg",
    553      1.1     skrll 					  size, note->descpos + offset);
    554      1.1     skrll }
    555  1.1.1.3  christos 
    556      1.1     skrll static bfd_boolean
    557      1.1     skrll cris_elf_grok_psinfo (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
    558      1.1     skrll {
    559      1.1     skrll   if (bfd_get_mach (abfd) == bfd_mach_cris_v32)
    560      1.1     skrll     switch (note->descsz)
    561      1.1     skrll       {
    562      1.1     skrll       default:
    563      1.1     skrll 	return FALSE;
    564  1.1.1.4  christos 
    565      1.1     skrll       case 124:		/* Linux/CRISv32 elf_prpsinfo */
    566  1.1.1.4  christos 	elf_tdata (abfd)->core->program
    567      1.1     skrll 	  = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd, note->descdata + 28, 16);
    568      1.1     skrll 	elf_tdata (abfd)->core->command
    569      1.1     skrll 	  = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd, note->descdata + 44, 80);
    570      1.1     skrll       }
    571      1.1     skrll   else
    572      1.1     skrll     switch (note->descsz)
    573      1.1     skrll       {
    574      1.1     skrll       default:
    575      1.1     skrll 	return FALSE;
    576  1.1.1.4  christos 
    577      1.1     skrll       case 124:		/* Linux/CRIS elf_prpsinfo */
    578  1.1.1.4  christos 	elf_tdata (abfd)->core->program
    579      1.1     skrll 	  = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd, note->descdata + 28, 16);
    580      1.1     skrll 	elf_tdata (abfd)->core->command
    581      1.1     skrll 	  = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd, note->descdata + 44, 80);
    582      1.1     skrll       }
    583      1.1     skrll 
    584      1.1     skrll   /* Note that for some reason, a spurious space is tacked
    585      1.1     skrll      onto the end of the args in some (at least one anyway)
    586      1.1     skrll      implementations, so strip it off if it exists.  */
    587  1.1.1.4  christos 
    588      1.1     skrll   {
    589      1.1     skrll     char *command = elf_tdata (abfd)->core->command;
    590      1.1     skrll     int n = strlen (command);
    591      1.1     skrll 
    592      1.1     skrll     if (0 < n && command[n - 1] == ' ')
    593      1.1     skrll       command[n - 1] = '\0';
    594      1.1     skrll   }
    595      1.1     skrll 
    596      1.1     skrll   return TRUE;
    597      1.1     skrll }
    598      1.1     skrll 
    599      1.1     skrll /* The name of the dynamic interpreter.  This is put in the .interp
    601      1.1     skrll    section.  */
    602      1.1     skrll 
    603      1.1     skrll #define ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER "/lib/ld.so.1"
    604      1.1     skrll 
    605      1.1     skrll /* The size in bytes of an entry in the procedure linkage table.  */
    606      1.1     skrll 
    607      1.1     skrll #define PLT_ENTRY_SIZE 20
    608      1.1     skrll #define PLT_ENTRY_SIZE_V32 26
    609      1.1     skrll 
    610      1.1     skrll /* The first entry in an absolute procedure linkage table looks like this.  */
    611      1.1     skrll 
    612      1.1     skrll static const bfd_byte elf_cris_plt0_entry[PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
    613      1.1     skrll {
    614      1.1     skrll   0xfc, 0xe1,
    615      1.1     skrll   0x7e, 0x7e,	/* push mof.  */
    616      1.1     skrll   0x7f, 0x0d,   /*  (dip [pc+]) */
    617      1.1     skrll   0, 0, 0, 0,	/*  Replaced with address of .got + 4.  */
    618      1.1     skrll   0x30, 0x7a,	/* move [...],mof */
    619      1.1     skrll   0x7f, 0x0d,   /*  (dip [pc+]) */
    620      1.1     skrll   0, 0, 0, 0,	/*  Replaced with address of .got + 8.  */
    621      1.1     skrll   0x30, 0x09	/* jump [...] */
    622      1.1     skrll };
    623      1.1     skrll 
    624      1.1     skrll static const bfd_byte elf_cris_plt0_entry_v32[PLT_ENTRY_SIZE_V32] =
    625      1.1     skrll {
    626      1.1     skrll   0x84, 0xe2,	/* subq 4,$sp */
    627      1.1     skrll   0x6f, 0xfe,	/* move.d 0,$acr */
    628      1.1     skrll   0, 0, 0, 0,	/*  Replaced by address of .got + 4.  */
    629      1.1     skrll   0x7e, 0x7a,	/* move $mof,[$sp] */
    630      1.1     skrll   0x3f, 0x7a,	/* move [$acr],$mof */
    631      1.1     skrll   0x04, 0xf2,	/* addq 4,acr */
    632      1.1     skrll   0x6f, 0xfa,	/* move.d [$acr],$acr */
    633      1.1     skrll   0xbf, 0x09,	/* jump $acr */
    634      1.1     skrll   0xb0, 0x05,	/* nop */
    635      1.1     skrll   0, 0		/*  Pad out to 26 bytes.  */
    636      1.1     skrll };
    637      1.1     skrll 
    638      1.1     skrll /* Subsequent entries in an absolute procedure linkage table look like
    639      1.1     skrll    this.  */
    640      1.1     skrll 
    641      1.1     skrll static const bfd_byte elf_cris_plt_entry[PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
    642      1.1     skrll {
    643      1.1     skrll   0x7f, 0x0d,   /*  (dip [pc+]) */
    644      1.1     skrll   0, 0, 0, 0,	/*  Replaced with address of this symbol in .got.  */
    645      1.1     skrll   0x30, 0x09,	/* jump [...] */
    646      1.1     skrll   0x3f,	 0x7e,	/* move [pc+],mof */
    647      1.1     skrll   0, 0, 0, 0,	/*  Replaced with offset into relocation table.  */
    648      1.1     skrll   0x2f, 0xfe,	/* add.d [pc+],pc */
    649      1.1     skrll   0xec, 0xff,
    650      1.1     skrll   0xff, 0xff	/*  Replaced with offset to start of .plt.  */
    651      1.1     skrll };
    652      1.1     skrll 
    653      1.1     skrll static const bfd_byte elf_cris_plt_entry_v32[PLT_ENTRY_SIZE_V32] =
    654      1.1     skrll {
    655      1.1     skrll   0x6f, 0xfe,	/* move.d 0,$acr */
    656      1.1     skrll   0, 0, 0, 0,	/*  Replaced with address of this symbol in .got.  */
    657      1.1     skrll   0x6f, 0xfa,   /* move.d [$acr],$acr */
    658      1.1     skrll   0xbf, 0x09,   /* jump $acr */
    659      1.1     skrll   0xb0, 0x05,	/* nop */
    660      1.1     skrll   0x3f, 0x7e,	/* move 0,mof */
    661      1.1     skrll   0, 0, 0, 0,	/*  Replaced with offset into relocation table. */
    662      1.1     skrll   0xbf, 0x0e,	/* ba start_of_plt0_entry */
    663      1.1     skrll   0, 0, 0, 0,	/*  Replaced with offset to plt0 entry.  */
    664      1.1     skrll   0xb0, 0x05	/* nop */
    665      1.1     skrll };
    666      1.1     skrll 
    667      1.1     skrll /* The first entry in a PIC procedure linkage table looks like this.  */
    668      1.1     skrll 
    669      1.1     skrll static const bfd_byte elf_cris_pic_plt0_entry[PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
    670      1.1     skrll {
    671      1.1     skrll   0xfc, 0xe1, 0x7e, 0x7e,	/* push mof */
    672      1.1     skrll   0x04, 0x01, 0x30, 0x7a,	/* move [r0+4],mof */
    673      1.1     skrll   0x08, 0x01, 0x30, 0x09,	/* jump [r0+8] */
    674      1.1     skrll   0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,	/*  Pad out to 20 bytes.  */
    675      1.1     skrll };
    676      1.1     skrll 
    677      1.1     skrll static const bfd_byte elf_cris_pic_plt0_entry_v32[PLT_ENTRY_SIZE_V32] =
    678      1.1     skrll {
    679      1.1     skrll   0x84, 0xe2,	/* subq 4,$sp */
    680      1.1     skrll   0x04, 0x01,	/* addoq 4,$r0,$acr */
    681      1.1     skrll   0x7e, 0x7a,	/* move $mof,[$sp] */
    682      1.1     skrll   0x3f, 0x7a,	/* move [$acr],$mof */
    683      1.1     skrll   0x04, 0xf2,	/* addq 4,$acr */
    684      1.1     skrll   0x6f, 0xfa,	/* move.d [$acr],$acr */
    685      1.1     skrll   0xbf, 0x09,	/* jump $acr */
    686      1.1     skrll   0xb0, 0x05,	/* nop */
    687      1.1     skrll   0, 0,		/*  Pad out to 26 bytes.  */
    688      1.1     skrll   0, 0, 0, 0,
    689      1.1     skrll   0, 0, 0, 0
    690      1.1     skrll };
    691      1.1     skrll 
    692      1.1     skrll /* Subsequent entries in a PIC procedure linkage table look like this.  */
    693      1.1     skrll 
    694      1.1     skrll static const bfd_byte elf_cris_pic_plt_entry[PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
    695      1.1     skrll {
    696      1.1     skrll   0x6f, 0x0d,   /*  (bdap [pc+].d,r0) */
    697      1.1     skrll   0, 0, 0, 0,	/*  Replaced with offset of this symbol in .got.  */
    698      1.1     skrll   0x30, 0x09,	/* jump [...] */
    699      1.1     skrll   0x3f, 0x7e,	/* move [pc+],mof */
    700      1.1     skrll   0, 0, 0, 0,	/*  Replaced with offset into relocation table.  */
    701      1.1     skrll   0x2f, 0xfe,	/* add.d [pc+],pc */
    702      1.1     skrll   0xec, 0xff,	/*  Replaced with offset to start of .plt.  */
    703      1.1     skrll   0xff, 0xff
    704      1.1     skrll };
    705      1.1     skrll 
    706      1.1     skrll static const bfd_byte elf_cris_pic_plt_entry_v32[PLT_ENTRY_SIZE_V32] =
    707      1.1     skrll {
    708      1.1     skrll   0x6f, 0x0d,	/* addo.d 0,$r0,$acr */
    709      1.1     skrll   0, 0, 0, 0,	/*  Replaced with offset of this symbol in .got.  */
    710      1.1     skrll   0x6f, 0xfa,	/* move.d [$acr],$acr */
    711      1.1     skrll   0xbf, 0x09,	/* jump $acr */
    712      1.1     skrll   0xb0, 0x05,	/* nop */
    713      1.1     skrll   0x3f, 0x7e,	/* move relocoffs,$mof */
    714      1.1     skrll   0, 0, 0, 0,	/*  Replaced with offset into relocation table.  */
    715      1.1     skrll   0xbf, 0x0e,	/* ba start_of_plt */
    716      1.1     skrll   0, 0, 0, 0,	/*  Replaced with offset to start of .plt.  */
    717      1.1     skrll   0xb0, 0x05	/* nop */
    718      1.1     skrll };
    719      1.1     skrll 
    720      1.1     skrll /* We copy elf32-m68k.c and elf32-i386.c for the basic linker hash bits
    722      1.1     skrll    (and most other PIC/shlib stuff).  Check that we don't drift away
    723      1.1     skrll    without reason.
    724      1.1     skrll 
    725      1.1     skrll    The CRIS linker, like the m68k and i386 linkers (and probably the rest
    726      1.1     skrll    too) needs to keep track of the number of relocs that it decides to
    727      1.1     skrll    copy in check_relocs for each symbol.  This is so that it can discard
    728      1.1     skrll    PC relative relocs if it doesn't need them when linking with
    729      1.1     skrll    -Bsymbolic.  We store the information in a field extending the regular
    730      1.1     skrll    ELF linker hash table.  */
    731      1.1     skrll 
    732      1.1     skrll /* This structure keeps track of the number of PC relative relocs we have
    733      1.1     skrll    copied for a given symbol.  */
    734      1.1     skrll 
    735  1.1.1.2  christos struct elf_cris_pcrel_relocs_copied
    736      1.1     skrll {
    737      1.1     skrll   /* Next section.  */
    738  1.1.1.2  christos   struct elf_cris_pcrel_relocs_copied *next;
    739      1.1     skrll 
    740      1.1     skrll   /* A section in dynobj.  */
    741  1.1.1.2  christos   asection *section;
    742  1.1.1.2  christos 
    743  1.1.1.2  christos   /* Number of relocs copied in this section.  */
    744      1.1     skrll   bfd_size_type count;
    745      1.1     skrll 
    746      1.1     skrll   /* Example of reloc being copied, for message.  */
    747      1.1     skrll   enum elf_cris_reloc_type r_type;
    748      1.1     skrll };
    749      1.1     skrll 
    750      1.1     skrll /* CRIS ELF linker hash entry.  */
    751      1.1     skrll 
    752      1.1     skrll struct elf_cris_link_hash_entry
    753      1.1     skrll {
    754      1.1     skrll   struct elf_link_hash_entry root;
    755      1.1     skrll 
    756      1.1     skrll   /* Number of PC relative relocs copied for this symbol.  */
    757      1.1     skrll   struct elf_cris_pcrel_relocs_copied *pcrel_relocs_copied;
    758      1.1     skrll 
    759      1.1     skrll   /* The GOTPLT references are CRIS-specific; the goal is to avoid having
    760      1.1     skrll      both a general GOT and a PLT-specific GOT entry for the same symbol,
    761      1.1     skrll      when it is referenced both as a function and as a function pointer.
    762      1.1     skrll 
    763      1.1     skrll      Number of GOTPLT references for a function.  */
    764      1.1     skrll   bfd_signed_vma gotplt_refcount;
    765      1.1     skrll 
    766      1.1     skrll   /* Actual GOTPLT index for this symbol, if applicable, or zero if not
    767  1.1.1.2  christos      (zero is never used as an index).  FIXME: We should be able to fold
    768  1.1.1.2  christos      this with gotplt_refcount in a union, like the got and plt unions in
    769  1.1.1.2  christos      elf_link_hash_entry.  */
    770  1.1.1.2  christos   bfd_size_type gotplt_offset;
    771  1.1.1.2  christos 
    772  1.1.1.2  christos   /* The root.got.refcount is the sum of the regular reference counts
    773  1.1.1.2  christos      (this) and those members below.  We have to keep a separate count
    774  1.1.1.2  christos      to track when we've found the first (or last) reference to a
    775  1.1.1.2  christos      regular got entry.  The offset is in root.got.offset.  */
    776  1.1.1.2  christos   bfd_signed_vma reg_got_refcount;
    777  1.1.1.2  christos 
    778  1.1.1.2  christos   /* Similar to the above, the number of reloc references to this
    779  1.1.1.2  christos      symbols that need a R_CRIS_32_TPREL slot.  The offset is in
    780  1.1.1.2  christos      root.got.offset, because this and .dtp_refcount can't validly
    781  1.1.1.2  christos      happen when there's also a regular GOT entry; that's invalid
    782  1.1.1.2  christos      input for which an error is emitted.  */
    783  1.1.1.2  christos   bfd_signed_vma tprel_refcount;
    784  1.1.1.2  christos 
    785      1.1     skrll   /* Similar to the above, the number of reloc references to this
    786      1.1     skrll      symbols that need a R_CRIS_DTP slot.  The offset is in
    787  1.1.1.3  christos      root.got.offset; plus 4 if .tprel_refcount > 0.  */
    788  1.1.1.3  christos   bfd_signed_vma dtp_refcount;
    789  1.1.1.3  christos };
    790  1.1.1.3  christos 
    791  1.1.1.3  christos static bfd_boolean
    792  1.1.1.3  christos elf_cris_discard_excess_dso_dynamics (struct elf_cris_link_hash_entry *,
    793  1.1.1.3  christos 				      void * );
    794  1.1.1.2  christos static bfd_boolean
    795  1.1.1.2  christos elf_cris_discard_excess_program_dynamics (struct elf_cris_link_hash_entry *,
    796  1.1.1.2  christos 					  void *);
    797  1.1.1.2  christos 
    798  1.1.1.2  christos /* The local_got_refcounts and local_got_offsets are a multiple of
    799  1.1.1.2  christos    LSNUM in size, namely LGOT_ALLOC_NELTS_FOR(LSNUM) (plus one for the
    800  1.1.1.2  christos    refcount for GOT itself, see code), with the summary / group offset
    801  1.1.1.2  christos    for local symbols located at offset N, reference counts for
    802  1.1.1.2  christos    ordinary (address) relocs at offset N + LSNUM, for R_CRIS_DTP
    803  1.1.1.2  christos    relocs at offset N + 2*LSNUM, and for R_CRIS_32_TPREL relocs at N +
    804  1.1.1.2  christos    3*LSNUM.  */
    805  1.1.1.2  christos 
    806  1.1.1.2  christos #define LGOT_REG_NDX(x) ((x) + symtab_hdr->sh_info)
    807      1.1     skrll #define LGOT_DTP_NDX(x) ((x) + 2 * symtab_hdr->sh_info)
    808      1.1     skrll #define LGOT_TPREL_NDX(x) ((x) + 3 * symtab_hdr->sh_info)
    809      1.1     skrll #define LGOT_ALLOC_NELTS_FOR(x) ((x) * 4)
    810      1.1     skrll 
    811      1.1     skrll /* CRIS ELF linker hash table.  */
    812      1.1     skrll 
    813      1.1     skrll struct elf_cris_link_hash_table
    814      1.1     skrll {
    815      1.1     skrll   struct elf_link_hash_table root;
    816      1.1     skrll 
    817  1.1.1.2  christos   /* We can't use the PLT offset and calculate to get the GOTPLT offset,
    818  1.1.1.2  christos      since we try and avoid creating GOTPLT:s when there's already a GOT.
    819  1.1.1.2  christos      Instead, we keep and update the next available index here.  */
    820  1.1.1.2  christos   bfd_size_type next_gotplt_entry;
    821  1.1.1.2  christos 
    822  1.1.1.2  christos   /* The number of R_CRIS_32_DTPREL and R_CRIS_16_DTPREL that have
    823  1.1.1.2  christos      been seen for any input; if != 0, then the constant-offset
    824      1.1     skrll      R_CRIS_DTPMOD is needed for this DSO/executable.  This turns
    825      1.1     skrll      negative at relocation, so that we don't need an extra flag for
    826      1.1     skrll      when the reloc is output.  */
    827      1.1     skrll   bfd_signed_vma dtpmod_refcount;
    828      1.1     skrll };
    829      1.1     skrll 
    830      1.1     skrll /* Traverse a CRIS ELF linker hash table.  */
    831  1.1.1.2  christos 
    832      1.1     skrll #define elf_cris_link_hash_traverse(table, func, info)			\
    833      1.1     skrll   (elf_link_hash_traverse						\
    834      1.1     skrll    (&(table)->root,							\
    835      1.1     skrll     (bfd_boolean (*) (struct elf_link_hash_entry *, void *)) (func),	\
    836      1.1     skrll     (info)))
    837  1.1.1.2  christos 
    838  1.1.1.2  christos /* Get the CRIS ELF linker hash table from a link_info structure.  */
    839  1.1.1.2  christos 
    840  1.1.1.2  christos #define elf_cris_hash_table(p) \
    841  1.1.1.2  christos   (elf_hash_table_id ((struct elf_link_hash_table *) ((p)->hash)) \
    842  1.1.1.2  christos   == CRIS_ELF_DATA ? ((struct elf_cris_link_hash_table *) ((p)->hash)) : NULL)
    843  1.1.1.2  christos 
    844  1.1.1.2  christos /* Get the CRIS ELF linker hash entry from a regular hash entry (the
    845  1.1.1.2  christos    "parent class").  The .root reference is just a simple type
    846      1.1     skrll    check on the argument.  */
    847      1.1     skrll 
    848      1.1     skrll #define elf_cris_hash_entry(p) \
    849      1.1     skrll  ((struct elf_cris_link_hash_entry *) (&(p)->root))
    850  1.1.1.2  christos 
    851  1.1.1.2  christos /* Create an entry in a CRIS ELF linker hash table.  */
    852  1.1.1.2  christos 
    853      1.1     skrll static struct bfd_hash_entry *
    854      1.1     skrll elf_cris_link_hash_newfunc (struct bfd_hash_entry *entry,
    855      1.1     skrll 			    struct bfd_hash_table *table,
    856      1.1     skrll 			    const char *string)
    857      1.1     skrll {
    858      1.1     skrll   struct elf_cris_link_hash_entry *ret =
    859      1.1     skrll     (struct elf_cris_link_hash_entry *) entry;
    860      1.1     skrll 
    861      1.1     skrll   /* Allocate the structure if it has not already been allocated by a
    862      1.1     skrll      subclass.  */
    863      1.1     skrll   if (ret == (struct elf_cris_link_hash_entry *) NULL)
    864      1.1     skrll     ret = ((struct elf_cris_link_hash_entry *)
    865      1.1     skrll 	   bfd_hash_allocate (table,
    866      1.1     skrll 			      sizeof (struct elf_cris_link_hash_entry)));
    867      1.1     skrll   if (ret == (struct elf_cris_link_hash_entry *) NULL)
    868      1.1     skrll     return (struct bfd_hash_entry *) ret;
    869      1.1     skrll 
    870      1.1     skrll   /* Call the allocation method of the superclass.  */
    871      1.1     skrll   ret = ((struct elf_cris_link_hash_entry *)
    872      1.1     skrll 	 _bfd_elf_link_hash_newfunc ((struct bfd_hash_entry *) ret,
    873      1.1     skrll 				     table, string));
    874      1.1     skrll   if (ret != (struct elf_cris_link_hash_entry *) NULL)
    875  1.1.1.2  christos     {
    876  1.1.1.2  christos       ret->pcrel_relocs_copied = NULL;
    877  1.1.1.2  christos       ret->gotplt_refcount = 0;
    878      1.1     skrll       ret->gotplt_offset = 0;
    879      1.1     skrll       ret->dtp_refcount = 0;
    880      1.1     skrll       ret->tprel_refcount = 0;
    881      1.1     skrll       ret->reg_got_refcount = 0;
    882      1.1     skrll     }
    883      1.1     skrll 
    884      1.1     skrll   return (struct bfd_hash_entry *) ret;
    885      1.1     skrll }
    886  1.1.1.2  christos 
    887      1.1     skrll /* Create a CRIS ELF linker hash table.  */
    888      1.1     skrll 
    889      1.1     skrll static struct bfd_link_hash_table *
    890      1.1     skrll elf_cris_link_hash_table_create (bfd *abfd)
    891  1.1.1.4  christos {
    892      1.1     skrll   struct elf_cris_link_hash_table *ret;
    893      1.1     skrll   bfd_size_type amt = sizeof (struct elf_cris_link_hash_table);
    894      1.1     skrll 
    895      1.1     skrll   ret = ((struct elf_cris_link_hash_table *) bfd_zmalloc (amt));
    896      1.1     skrll   if (ret == (struct elf_cris_link_hash_table *) NULL)
    897  1.1.1.2  christos     return NULL;
    898  1.1.1.2  christos 
    899      1.1     skrll   if (!_bfd_elf_link_hash_table_init (&ret->root, abfd,
    900      1.1     skrll 				      elf_cris_link_hash_newfunc,
    901      1.1     skrll 				      sizeof (struct elf_cris_link_hash_entry),
    902      1.1     skrll 				      CRIS_ELF_DATA))
    903      1.1     skrll     {
    904      1.1     skrll       free (ret);
    905      1.1     skrll       return NULL;
    906      1.1     skrll     }
    907      1.1     skrll 
    908      1.1     skrll   /* Initialize to skip over the first three entries in the gotplt; they
    909      1.1     skrll      are used for run-time symbol evaluation.  */
    910      1.1     skrll   ret->next_gotplt_entry = 12;
    911      1.1     skrll 
    912      1.1     skrll   return &ret->root.root;
    913      1.1     skrll }
    914      1.1     skrll 
    915  1.1.1.3  christos /* Perform a single relocation.  By default we use the standard BFD
    917  1.1.1.6  christos    routines, with a few tweaks.  */
    918  1.1.1.6  christos 
    919  1.1.1.3  christos static bfd_reloc_status_type
    920  1.1.1.6  christos cris_final_link_relocate (reloc_howto_type *  howto,
    921      1.1     skrll 			  bfd *		      input_bfd,
    922      1.1     skrll 			  asection *	      input_section,
    923  1.1.1.2  christos 			  bfd_byte *	      contents,
    924      1.1     skrll 			  Elf_Internal_Rela * rel,
    925      1.1     skrll 			  bfd_vma	      relocation)
    926      1.1     skrll {
    927      1.1     skrll   bfd_reloc_status_type r;
    928  1.1.1.2  christos   enum elf_cris_reloc_type r_type = ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info);
    929      1.1     skrll 
    930      1.1     skrll   /* PC-relative relocations are relative to the position *after*
    931      1.1     skrll      the reloc.  Note that for R_CRIS_8_PCREL the adjustment is
    932      1.1     skrll      not a single byte, since PC must be 16-bit-aligned.  */
    933      1.1     skrll   switch (r_type)
    934      1.1     skrll     {
    935      1.1     skrll       /* Check that the 16-bit GOT relocs are positive.  */
    936      1.1     skrll     case R_CRIS_16_GOTPLT:
    937      1.1     skrll     case R_CRIS_16_GOT:
    938      1.1     skrll       if ((bfd_signed_vma) relocation < 0)
    939      1.1     skrll 	return bfd_reloc_overflow;
    940      1.1     skrll       break;
    941      1.1     skrll 
    942      1.1     skrll     case R_CRIS_32_PLT_PCREL:
    943      1.1     skrll     case R_CRIS_32_PCREL:
    944      1.1     skrll       relocation -= 2;
    945      1.1     skrll       /* Fall through.  */
    946      1.1     skrll     case R_CRIS_8_PCREL:
    947      1.1     skrll     case R_CRIS_16_PCREL:
    948      1.1     skrll       relocation -= 2;
    949      1.1     skrll       break;
    950      1.1     skrll 
    951      1.1     skrll     default:
    952      1.1     skrll       break;
    953      1.1     skrll     }
    954      1.1     skrll 
    955      1.1     skrll   r = _bfd_final_link_relocate (howto, input_bfd, input_section,
    956  1.1.1.2  christos 				contents, rel->r_offset,
    957  1.1.1.2  christos 				relocation, rel->r_addend);
    958  1.1.1.2  christos   return r;
    959  1.1.1.2  christos }
    960  1.1.1.2  christos 
    961  1.1.1.2  christos 
    963  1.1.1.2  christos /* The number of errors left before we stop outputting reloc-specific
    964      1.1     skrll    explanatory messages.  By coincidence, this works nicely together
    965      1.1     skrll    with the default number of messages you'll get from LD about
    966      1.1     skrll    "relocation truncated to fit" messages before you get an
    967      1.1     skrll    "additional relocation overflows omitted from the output".  */
    968  1.1.1.2  christos static int additional_relocation_error_msg_count = 10;
    969  1.1.1.2  christos 
    970  1.1.1.2  christos /* Relocate an CRIS ELF section.  See elf32-fr30.c, from where this was
    971  1.1.1.2  christos    copied, for further comments.  */
    972  1.1.1.2  christos 
    973  1.1.1.2  christos static bfd_boolean
    974  1.1.1.2  christos cris_elf_relocate_section (bfd *output_bfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
    975  1.1.1.2  christos 			   struct bfd_link_info *info,
    976      1.1     skrll 			   bfd *input_bfd,
    977  1.1.1.2  christos 			   asection *input_section,
    978      1.1     skrll 			   bfd_byte *contents,
    979      1.1     skrll 			   Elf_Internal_Rela *relocs,
    980      1.1     skrll 			   Elf_Internal_Sym *local_syms,
    981      1.1     skrll 			   asection **local_sections)
    982      1.1     skrll {
    983      1.1     skrll   struct elf_cris_link_hash_table * htab;
    984      1.1     skrll   bfd *dynobj;
    985      1.1     skrll   Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
    986      1.1     skrll   struct elf_link_hash_entry **sym_hashes;
    987  1.1.1.2  christos   bfd_vma *local_got_offsets;
    988  1.1.1.2  christos   asection *sgot;
    989  1.1.1.2  christos   asection *splt;
    990  1.1.1.2  christos   asection *sreloc;
    991  1.1.1.2  christos   Elf_Internal_Rela *rel;
    992      1.1     skrll   Elf_Internal_Rela *relend;
    993  1.1.1.6  christos   asection *srelgot;
    994      1.1     skrll 
    995      1.1     skrll   htab = elf_cris_hash_table (info);
    996      1.1     skrll   if (htab == NULL)
    997      1.1     skrll     return FALSE;
    998      1.1     skrll 
    999      1.1     skrll   dynobj = htab->root.dynobj;
   1000      1.1     skrll   local_got_offsets = elf_local_got_offsets (input_bfd);
   1001      1.1     skrll   symtab_hdr = & elf_tdata (input_bfd)->symtab_hdr;
   1002  1.1.1.2  christos   sym_hashes = elf_sym_hashes (input_bfd);
   1003      1.1     skrll   relend     = relocs + input_section->reloc_count;
   1004      1.1     skrll 
   1005      1.1     skrll   sgot = NULL;
   1006  1.1.1.6  christos   splt = NULL;
   1007  1.1.1.6  christos   sreloc = NULL;
   1008      1.1     skrll   srelgot = NULL;
   1009      1.1     skrll 
   1010      1.1     skrll   if (dynobj != NULL)
   1011      1.1     skrll     {
   1012      1.1     skrll       splt = htab->root.splt;
   1013      1.1     skrll       sgot = htab->root.sgot;
   1014      1.1     skrll     }
   1015      1.1     skrll 
   1016      1.1     skrll   for (rel = relocs; rel < relend; rel ++)
   1017      1.1     skrll     {
   1018      1.1     skrll       reloc_howto_type *howto;
   1019      1.1     skrll       unsigned long r_symndx;
   1020  1.1.1.2  christos       Elf_Internal_Sym *sym;
   1021  1.1.1.6  christos       asection *sec;
   1022      1.1     skrll       struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
   1023      1.1     skrll       bfd_vma relocation;
   1024      1.1     skrll       bfd_reloc_status_type r;
   1025      1.1     skrll       const char *symname = NULL;
   1026      1.1     skrll       enum elf_cris_reloc_type r_type;
   1027      1.1     skrll       bfd_boolean resolved_to_zero;
   1028      1.1     skrll 
   1029      1.1     skrll       r_type = ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info);
   1030      1.1     skrll 
   1031      1.1     skrll       if (   r_type == R_CRIS_GNU_VTINHERIT
   1032      1.1     skrll 	  || r_type == R_CRIS_GNU_VTENTRY)
   1033      1.1     skrll 	continue;
   1034      1.1     skrll 
   1035      1.1     skrll       r_symndx = ELF32_R_SYM (rel->r_info);
   1036      1.1     skrll       howto  = cris_elf_howto_table + r_type;
   1037      1.1     skrll       h      = NULL;
   1038      1.1     skrll       sym    = NULL;
   1039      1.1     skrll       sec    = NULL;
   1040      1.1     skrll 
   1041      1.1     skrll       if (r_symndx < symtab_hdr->sh_info)
   1042      1.1     skrll 	{
   1043      1.1     skrll 	  sym = local_syms + r_symndx;
   1044      1.1     skrll 	  sec = local_sections [r_symndx];
   1045      1.1     skrll 	  relocation = _bfd_elf_rela_local_sym (output_bfd, sym, &sec, rel);
   1046      1.1     skrll 
   1047      1.1     skrll 	  symname = (bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section
   1048  1.1.1.4  christos 		     (input_bfd, symtab_hdr->sh_link, sym->st_name));
   1049      1.1     skrll 	  if (symname == NULL)
   1050      1.1     skrll 	    symname = bfd_section_name (input_bfd, sec);
   1051      1.1     skrll 	}
   1052      1.1     skrll       else
   1053      1.1     skrll 	{
   1054  1.1.1.4  christos 	  bfd_boolean warned, ignored;
   1055      1.1     skrll 	  bfd_boolean unresolved_reloc;
   1056  1.1.1.2  christos 
   1057  1.1.1.2  christos 	  RELOC_FOR_GLOBAL_SYMBOL (info, input_bfd, input_section, rel,
   1058      1.1     skrll 				   r_symndx, symtab_hdr, sym_hashes,
   1059      1.1     skrll 				   h, sec, relocation,
   1060      1.1     skrll 				   unresolved_reloc, warned, ignored);
   1061      1.1     skrll 
   1062      1.1     skrll 	  symname = h->root.root.string;
   1063      1.1     skrll 
   1064      1.1     skrll 	  if (unresolved_reloc
   1065      1.1     skrll 	      /* Perhaps we should detect the cases that
   1066      1.1     skrll 		 sec->output_section is expected to be NULL like i386 and
   1067      1.1     skrll 		 m68k, but apparently (and according to elfxx-ia64.c) all
   1068      1.1     skrll 		 valid cases are where the symbol is defined in a shared
   1069      1.1     skrll 		 object which we link dynamically against.  This includes
   1070      1.1     skrll 		 PLT relocs for which we've created a PLT entry and other
   1071      1.1     skrll 		 relocs for which we're prepared to create dynamic
   1072      1.1     skrll 		 relocations.
   1073      1.1     skrll 
   1074      1.1     skrll 		 For now, new situations cause us to just err when
   1075      1.1     skrll 		 sec->output_offset is NULL but the object with the symbol
   1076      1.1     skrll 		 is *not* dynamically linked against.  Thus this will
   1077      1.1     skrll 		 automatically remind us so we can see if there are other
   1078      1.1     skrll 		 valid cases we need to revisit.  */
   1079      1.1     skrll 	      && (sec->owner->flags & DYNAMIC) != 0)
   1080      1.1     skrll 	    relocation = 0;
   1081      1.1     skrll 
   1082      1.1     skrll 	  else if (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
   1083      1.1     skrll 		   || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak)
   1084      1.1     skrll 	    {
   1085      1.1     skrll 	      /* Here follow the cases where the relocation value must
   1086      1.1     skrll 		 be zero (or when further handling is simplified when
   1087      1.1     skrll 		 zero).  I can't claim to understand the various
   1088      1.1     skrll 		 conditions and they weren't described in the files
   1089      1.1     skrll 		 where I copied them from (elf32-m68k.c and
   1090      1.1     skrll 		 elf32-i386.c), but let's mention examples of where
   1091      1.1     skrll 		 they happen.  FIXME: Perhaps define and use a
   1092      1.1     skrll 		 dynamic_symbol_p function like ia64.
   1093      1.1     skrll 
   1094      1.1     skrll 		 - When creating a shared library, we can have an
   1095      1.1     skrll 		 ordinary relocation for a symbol defined in a shared
   1096      1.1     skrll 		 library (perhaps the one we create).  We then make
   1097  1.1.1.4  christos 		 the relocation value zero, as the value seen now will
   1098  1.1.1.4  christos 		 be added into the relocation addend in this shared
   1099      1.1     skrll 		 library, but must be handled only at dynamic-link
   1100      1.1     skrll 		 time.  FIXME: Not sure this example covers the
   1101      1.1     skrll 		 h->elf_link_hash_flags test, though it's there in
   1102      1.1     skrll 		 other targets.  */
   1103      1.1     skrll 	      if (bfd_link_pic (info)
   1104      1.1     skrll 		  && ((!SYMBOLIC_BIND (info, h) && h->dynindx != -1)
   1105      1.1     skrll 		      || !h->def_regular)
   1106      1.1     skrll 		  && (input_section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0
   1107      1.1     skrll 		  && (r_type == R_CRIS_8
   1108  1.1.1.4  christos 		      || r_type == R_CRIS_16
   1109  1.1.1.3  christos 		      || r_type == R_CRIS_32
   1110  1.1.1.3  christos 		      || r_type == R_CRIS_8_PCREL
   1111  1.1.1.3  christos 		      || r_type == R_CRIS_16_PCREL
   1112  1.1.1.3  christos 		      || r_type == R_CRIS_32_PCREL))
   1113      1.1     skrll 		relocation = 0;
   1114      1.1     skrll 	      else if (!bfd_link_relocatable (info) && unresolved_reloc
   1115  1.1.1.6  christos 		       && (_bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd, info,
   1116      1.1     skrll 						    input_section,
   1117      1.1     skrll 						    rel->r_offset)
   1118      1.1     skrll 			   != (bfd_vma) -1))
   1119      1.1     skrll 		{
   1120      1.1     skrll 		  _bfd_error_handler
   1121      1.1     skrll 		    /* xgettext:c-format */
   1122      1.1     skrll 		    (_("%B, section %A: unresolvable relocation %s against symbol `%s'"),
   1123      1.1     skrll 		     input_bfd,
   1124      1.1     skrll 		     input_section,
   1125      1.1     skrll 		     cris_elf_howto_table[r_type].name,
   1126      1.1     skrll 		     symname);
   1127  1.1.1.3  christos 		  bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
   1128  1.1.1.2  christos 		  return FALSE;
   1129  1.1.1.3  christos 		}
   1130      1.1     skrll 	    }
   1131  1.1.1.4  christos 	}
   1132      1.1     skrll 
   1133      1.1     skrll       if (sec != NULL && discarded_section (sec))
   1134  1.1.1.6  christos 	RELOC_AGAINST_DISCARDED_SECTION (info, input_bfd, input_section,
   1135  1.1.1.6  christos 					 rel, 1, relend, howto, 0, contents);
   1136  1.1.1.6  christos 
   1137      1.1     skrll       if (bfd_link_relocatable (info))
   1138      1.1     skrll 	continue;
   1139      1.1     skrll 
   1140      1.1     skrll       resolved_to_zero = (h != NULL
   1141      1.1     skrll 			  && UNDEFWEAK_NO_DYNAMIC_RELOC (info, h));
   1142      1.1     skrll 
   1143      1.1     skrll       switch (r_type)
   1144      1.1     skrll 	{
   1145      1.1     skrll 	case R_CRIS_16_GOTPLT:
   1146      1.1     skrll 	case R_CRIS_32_GOTPLT:
   1147      1.1     skrll 	  /* This is like the case for R_CRIS_32_GOT and R_CRIS_16_GOT,
   1148      1.1     skrll 	     but we require a PLT, and the PLT handling will take care of
   1149  1.1.1.6  christos 	     filling in the PLT-specific GOT entry.  For the GOT offset,
   1150      1.1     skrll 	     calculate it as we do when filling it in for the .got.plt
   1151      1.1     skrll 	     section.  If we don't have a PLT, punt to GOT handling.  */
   1152      1.1     skrll 	  if (h != NULL
   1153      1.1     skrll 	      && ((struct elf_cris_link_hash_entry *) h)->gotplt_offset != 0)
   1154      1.1     skrll 	    {
   1155      1.1     skrll 	      asection *sgotplt = htab->root.sgotplt;
   1156      1.1     skrll 	      bfd_vma got_offset;
   1157      1.1     skrll 
   1158      1.1     skrll 	      BFD_ASSERT (h->dynindx != -1);
   1159      1.1     skrll 	      BFD_ASSERT (sgotplt != NULL);
   1160      1.1     skrll 
   1161      1.1     skrll 	      got_offset
   1162      1.1     skrll 		= ((struct elf_cris_link_hash_entry *) h)->gotplt_offset;
   1163      1.1     skrll 
   1164      1.1     skrll 	      relocation = got_offset;
   1165      1.1     skrll 	      break;
   1166      1.1     skrll 	    }
   1167      1.1     skrll 
   1168      1.1     skrll 	  /* We didn't make a PLT entry for this symbol.  Maybe everything is
   1169      1.1     skrll 	     folded into the GOT.  Other than folding, this happens when
   1170      1.1     skrll 	     statically linking PIC code, or when using -Bsymbolic.  Check
   1171      1.1     skrll 	     that we instead have a GOT entry as done for us by
   1172      1.1     skrll 	     elf_cris_adjust_dynamic_symbol, and drop through into the
   1173  1.1.1.4  christos 	     ordinary GOT cases.  This must not happen for the
   1174      1.1     skrll 	     executable, because any reference it does to a function
   1175      1.1     skrll 	     that is satisfied by a DSO must generate a PLT.  We assume
   1176      1.1     skrll 	     these call-specific relocs don't address non-functions.  */
   1177      1.1     skrll 	  if (h != NULL
   1178  1.1.1.6  christos 	      && (h->got.offset == (bfd_vma) -1
   1179      1.1     skrll 		  || (!bfd_link_pic (info)
   1180  1.1.1.6  christos 		      && !(h->def_regular
   1181      1.1     skrll 			   || (!h->def_dynamic
   1182      1.1     skrll 			       && h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak)))))
   1183  1.1.1.6  christos 	    {
   1184      1.1     skrll 	      _bfd_error_handler
   1185      1.1     skrll 		((h->got.offset == (bfd_vma) -1)
   1186      1.1     skrll 		 /* xgettext:c-format */
   1187      1.1     skrll 		 ? _("%B, section %A: No PLT nor GOT for relocation %s"
   1188      1.1     skrll 		     " against symbol `%s'")
   1189      1.1     skrll 		 /* xgettext:c-format */
   1190      1.1     skrll 		 : _("%B, section %A: No PLT for relocation %s"
   1191      1.1     skrll 		     " against symbol `%s'"),
   1192      1.1     skrll 		 input_bfd,
   1193      1.1     skrll 		 input_section,
   1194      1.1     skrll 		 cris_elf_howto_table[r_type].name,
   1195      1.1     skrll 		 (symname != NULL && symname[0] != '\0'
   1196      1.1     skrll 		  ? symname : _("[whose name is lost]")));
   1197      1.1     skrll 
   1198      1.1     skrll 	      /* FIXME: Perhaps blaming input is not the right thing to
   1199      1.1     skrll 		 do; this is probably an internal error.  But it is true
   1200      1.1     skrll 		 that we didn't like that particular input.  */
   1201      1.1     skrll 	      bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
   1202      1.1     skrll 	      return FALSE;
   1203      1.1     skrll 	    }
   1204      1.1     skrll 	  /* Fall through.  */
   1205      1.1     skrll 
   1206      1.1     skrll 	  /* The size of the actual relocation is not used here; we only
   1207      1.1     skrll 	     fill in the GOT table here.  */
   1208      1.1     skrll 	case R_CRIS_16_GOT:
   1209      1.1     skrll 	case R_CRIS_32_GOT:
   1210      1.1     skrll 	  {
   1211      1.1     skrll 	    bfd_vma off;
   1212      1.1     skrll 
   1213      1.1     skrll 	    /* Note that despite using RELA relocations, the .got contents
   1214      1.1     skrll 	       is always filled in with the link-relative relocation
   1215      1.1     skrll 	       value; the addend.  */
   1216      1.1     skrll 
   1217  1.1.1.4  christos 	    if (h != NULL)
   1218      1.1     skrll 	      {
   1219      1.1     skrll 		off = h->got.offset;
   1220      1.1     skrll 		BFD_ASSERT (off != (bfd_vma) -1);
   1221  1.1.1.4  christos 
   1222  1.1.1.4  christos 		if (!elf_hash_table (info)->dynamic_sections_created
   1223      1.1     skrll 		    || (! bfd_link_pic (info)
   1224      1.1     skrll 			&& (h->def_regular
   1225  1.1.1.4  christos 			    || h->type == STT_FUNC
   1226      1.1     skrll 			    || h->needs_plt))
   1227      1.1     skrll 		    || (bfd_link_pic (info)
   1228      1.1     skrll 			&& (SYMBOLIC_BIND (info, h) || h->dynindx == -1)
   1229      1.1     skrll 			&& h->def_regular))
   1230  1.1.1.4  christos 		  {
   1231      1.1     skrll 		    /* This wasn't checked above for ! bfd_link_pic (info), but
   1232      1.1     skrll 		       must hold there if we get here; the symbol must
   1233      1.1     skrll 		       be defined in the regular program or be undefweak
   1234      1.1     skrll 		       or be a function or otherwise need a PLT.  */
   1235      1.1     skrll 		    BFD_ASSERT (!elf_hash_table (info)->dynamic_sections_created
   1236      1.1     skrll 				|| bfd_link_pic (info)
   1237      1.1     skrll 				|| h->def_regular
   1238      1.1     skrll 				|| h->type == STT_FUNC
   1239      1.1     skrll 				|| h->needs_plt
   1240      1.1     skrll 				|| h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak);
   1241      1.1     skrll 
   1242      1.1     skrll 		    /* This is actually a static link, or it is a
   1243      1.1     skrll 		       -Bsymbolic link and the symbol is defined locally,
   1244      1.1     skrll 		       or is undefweak, or the symbol was forced to be
   1245      1.1     skrll 		       local because of a version file, or we're not
   1246      1.1     skrll 		       creating a dynamic object.  We must initialize this
   1247      1.1     skrll 		       entry in the global offset table.  Since the offset
   1248      1.1     skrll 		       must always be a multiple of 4, we use the least
   1249      1.1     skrll 		       significant bit to record whether we have
   1250      1.1     skrll 		       initialized it already.
   1251      1.1     skrll 
   1252      1.1     skrll 		       If this GOT entry should be runtime-initialized, we
   1253      1.1     skrll 		       will create a .rela.got relocation entry to
   1254      1.1     skrll 		       initialize the value.  This is done in the
   1255      1.1     skrll 		       finish_dynamic_symbol routine.  */
   1256      1.1     skrll 		    if ((off & 1) != 0)
   1257      1.1     skrll 		      off &= ~1;
   1258      1.1     skrll 		    else
   1259      1.1     skrll 		      {
   1260      1.1     skrll 			bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, relocation,
   1261      1.1     skrll 				    sgot->contents + off);
   1262      1.1     skrll 			h->got.offset |= 1;
   1263      1.1     skrll 		      }
   1264      1.1     skrll 		  }
   1265      1.1     skrll 	      }
   1266      1.1     skrll 	    else
   1267      1.1     skrll 	      {
   1268      1.1     skrll 		BFD_ASSERT (local_got_offsets != NULL
   1269      1.1     skrll 			    && local_got_offsets[r_symndx] != (bfd_vma) -1);
   1270      1.1     skrll 
   1271      1.1     skrll 		off = local_got_offsets[r_symndx];
   1272      1.1     skrll 
   1273      1.1     skrll 		/* The offset must always be a multiple of 4.  We use
   1274      1.1     skrll 		   the least significant bit to record whether we have
   1275      1.1     skrll 		   already generated the necessary reloc.  */
   1276  1.1.1.4  christos 		if ((off & 1) != 0)
   1277      1.1     skrll 		  off &= ~1;
   1278      1.1     skrll 		else
   1279      1.1     skrll 		  {
   1280      1.1     skrll 		    bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, relocation, sgot->contents + off);
   1281  1.1.1.6  christos 
   1282  1.1.1.2  christos 		    if (bfd_link_pic (info))
   1283      1.1     skrll 		      {
   1284      1.1     skrll 			Elf_Internal_Rela outrel;
   1285      1.1     skrll 			bfd_byte *loc;
   1286      1.1     skrll 
   1287      1.1     skrll 			srelgot = htab->root.srelgot;
   1288      1.1     skrll 			BFD_ASSERT (srelgot != NULL);
   1289  1.1.1.2  christos 
   1290  1.1.1.2  christos 			outrel.r_offset = (sgot->output_section->vma
   1291      1.1     skrll 					   + sgot->output_offset
   1292      1.1     skrll 					   + off);
   1293      1.1     skrll 			outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_CRIS_RELATIVE);
   1294      1.1     skrll 			outrel.r_addend = relocation;
   1295      1.1     skrll 			loc = srelgot->contents;
   1296      1.1     skrll 			loc += srelgot->reloc_count++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
   1297      1.1     skrll 			bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &outrel, loc);
   1298      1.1     skrll 		      }
   1299      1.1     skrll 
   1300      1.1     skrll 		    local_got_offsets[r_symndx] |= 1;
   1301      1.1     skrll 		  }
   1302      1.1     skrll 	      }
   1303      1.1     skrll 
   1304      1.1     skrll 	    relocation = sgot->output_offset + off;
   1305      1.1     skrll 	    if (rel->r_addend != 0)
   1306  1.1.1.6  christos 	      {
   1307  1.1.1.6  christos 		/* We can't do anything for a relocation which is against
   1308  1.1.1.6  christos 		   a symbol *plus offset*.  GOT holds relocations for
   1309      1.1     skrll 		   symbols.  Make this an error; the compiler isn't
   1310      1.1     skrll 		   allowed to pass us these kinds of things.  */
   1311      1.1     skrll 		if (h == NULL)
   1312      1.1     skrll 		  _bfd_error_handler
   1313      1.1     skrll 		    /* xgettext:c-format */
   1314      1.1     skrll 		    (_("%B, section %A: relocation %s with non-zero addend %Ld"
   1315  1.1.1.6  christos 		       " against local symbol"),
   1316  1.1.1.6  christos 		     input_bfd,
   1317  1.1.1.6  christos 		     input_section,
   1318      1.1     skrll 		     cris_elf_howto_table[r_type].name,
   1319      1.1     skrll 		     rel->r_addend);
   1320      1.1     skrll 		else
   1321      1.1     skrll 		  _bfd_error_handler
   1322      1.1     skrll 		    /* xgettext:c-format */
   1323      1.1     skrll 		    (_("%B, section %A: relocation %s with non-zero addend %Ld"
   1324      1.1     skrll 		       " against symbol `%s'"),
   1325      1.1     skrll 		     input_bfd,
   1326      1.1     skrll 		     input_section,
   1327      1.1     skrll 		     cris_elf_howto_table[r_type].name,
   1328      1.1     skrll 		     rel->r_addend,
   1329      1.1     skrll 		     symname[0] != '\0' ? symname : _("[whose name is lost]"));
   1330      1.1     skrll 
   1331      1.1     skrll 		bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
   1332      1.1     skrll 		return FALSE;
   1333      1.1     skrll 	      }
   1334      1.1     skrll 	  }
   1335      1.1     skrll 	  break;
   1336      1.1     skrll 
   1337  1.1.1.4  christos 	case R_CRIS_32_GOTREL:
   1338      1.1     skrll 	  /* This relocation must only be performed against local symbols.
   1339      1.1     skrll 	     It's also ok when we link a program and the symbol is either
   1340      1.1     skrll 	     defined in an ordinary (non-DSO) object or is undefined weak.  */
   1341      1.1     skrll 	  if (h != NULL
   1342  1.1.1.6  christos 	      && ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) == STV_DEFAULT
   1343  1.1.1.6  christos 	      && !(!bfd_link_pic (info)
   1344      1.1     skrll 		   && (h->def_regular
   1345      1.1     skrll 		       || (!h->def_dynamic
   1346      1.1     skrll 			   && h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak))))
   1347      1.1     skrll 	    {
   1348      1.1     skrll 	      _bfd_error_handler
   1349      1.1     skrll 		/* xgettext:c-format */
   1350      1.1     skrll 		(_("%B, section %A: relocation %s is"
   1351      1.1     skrll 		   " not allowed for global symbol: `%s'"),
   1352      1.1     skrll 		 input_bfd,
   1353      1.1     skrll 		 input_section,
   1354      1.1     skrll 		 cris_elf_howto_table[r_type].name,
   1355      1.1     skrll 		 symname);
   1356      1.1     skrll 	      bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
   1357      1.1     skrll 	      return FALSE;
   1358      1.1     skrll 	    }
   1359  1.1.1.6  christos 
   1360  1.1.1.6  christos 	  /* This can happen if we get a link error with the input ELF
   1361      1.1     skrll 	     variant mismatching the output variant.  Emit an error so
   1362      1.1     skrll 	     it's noticed if it happens elsewhere.  */
   1363      1.1     skrll 	  if (sgot == NULL)
   1364      1.1     skrll 	    {
   1365      1.1     skrll 	      _bfd_error_handler
   1366      1.1     skrll 		/* xgettext:c-format */
   1367      1.1     skrll 		(_("%B, section %A: relocation %s with no GOT created"),
   1368      1.1     skrll 		 input_bfd,
   1369      1.1     skrll 		 input_section,
   1370      1.1     skrll 		 cris_elf_howto_table[r_type].name);
   1371      1.1     skrll 	      bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
   1372      1.1     skrll 	      return FALSE;
   1373      1.1     skrll 	    }
   1374      1.1     skrll 
   1375      1.1     skrll 	  /* This relocation is like a PC-relative one, except the
   1376      1.1     skrll 	     reference point is the location of GOT.  Note that
   1377      1.1     skrll 	     sgot->output_offset is not involved in this calculation.  We
   1378      1.1     skrll 	     always want the start of entire .got section, not the
   1379      1.1     skrll 	     position after the reserved header.  */
   1380      1.1     skrll 	  relocation -= sgot->output_section->vma;
   1381      1.1     skrll 	  break;
   1382      1.1     skrll 
   1383      1.1     skrll 	case R_CRIS_32_PLT_PCREL:
   1384      1.1     skrll 	  /* Relocation is to the entry for this symbol in the
   1385      1.1     skrll 	     procedure linkage table.  */
   1386      1.1     skrll 
   1387      1.1     skrll 	  /* Resolve a PLT_PCREL reloc against a local symbol directly,
   1388      1.1     skrll 	     without using the procedure linkage table.  */
   1389      1.1     skrll 	  if (h == NULL || ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) != STV_DEFAULT)
   1390      1.1     skrll 	    break;
   1391      1.1     skrll 
   1392      1.1     skrll 	  if (h->plt.offset == (bfd_vma) -1
   1393      1.1     skrll 	      || splt == NULL)
   1394      1.1     skrll 	    {
   1395      1.1     skrll 	      /* We didn't make a PLT entry for this symbol.  This
   1396      1.1     skrll 		 happens when statically linking PIC code, or when
   1397      1.1     skrll 		 using -Bsymbolic.  */
   1398      1.1     skrll 	      break;
   1399      1.1     skrll 	    }
   1400      1.1     skrll 
   1401      1.1     skrll 	  relocation = (splt->output_section->vma
   1402      1.1     skrll 			+ splt->output_offset
   1403      1.1     skrll 			+ h->plt.offset);
   1404      1.1     skrll 	  break;
   1405      1.1     skrll 
   1406      1.1     skrll 	case R_CRIS_32_PLT_GOTREL:
   1407      1.1     skrll 	  /* Like R_CRIS_32_PLT_PCREL, but the reference point is the
   1408      1.1     skrll 	     start of the .got section.  See also comment at
   1409      1.1     skrll 	     R_CRIS_32_GOT.  */
   1410      1.1     skrll 	  relocation -= sgot->output_section->vma;
   1411      1.1     skrll 
   1412      1.1     skrll 	  /* Resolve a PLT_GOTREL reloc against a local symbol directly,
   1413      1.1     skrll 	     without using the procedure linkage table.  */
   1414      1.1     skrll 	  if (h == NULL || ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) != STV_DEFAULT)
   1415      1.1     skrll 	    break;
   1416      1.1     skrll 
   1417      1.1     skrll 	  if (h->plt.offset == (bfd_vma) -1
   1418      1.1     skrll 	      || splt == NULL)
   1419      1.1     skrll 	    {
   1420      1.1     skrll 	      /* We didn't make a PLT entry for this symbol.  This
   1421      1.1     skrll 		 happens when statically linking PIC code, or when
   1422      1.1     skrll 		 using -Bsymbolic.  */
   1423      1.1     skrll 	      break;
   1424      1.1     skrll 	    }
   1425      1.1     skrll 
   1426      1.1     skrll 	  relocation = (splt->output_section->vma
   1427      1.1     skrll 			+ splt->output_offset
   1428      1.1     skrll 			+ h->plt.offset
   1429      1.1     skrll 			- sgot->output_section->vma);
   1430  1.1.1.2  christos 	  break;
   1431  1.1.1.2  christos 
   1432      1.1     skrll 	case R_CRIS_8_PCREL:
   1433      1.1     skrll 	case R_CRIS_16_PCREL:
   1434      1.1     skrll 	case R_CRIS_32_PCREL:
   1435      1.1     skrll 	  /* If the symbol was local, we need no shlib-specific handling.  */
   1436      1.1     skrll 	  if (h == NULL || ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) != STV_DEFAULT
   1437      1.1     skrll 	      || h->dynindx == -1)
   1438  1.1.1.4  christos 	    break;
   1439  1.1.1.6  christos 
   1440  1.1.1.2  christos 	  /* Fall through.  */
   1441      1.1     skrll 	case R_CRIS_8:
   1442      1.1     skrll 	case R_CRIS_16:
   1443      1.1     skrll 	case R_CRIS_32:
   1444      1.1     skrll 	  if (bfd_link_pic (info)
   1445  1.1.1.4  christos 	      && !resolved_to_zero
   1446  1.1.1.2  christos 	      && r_symndx != STN_UNDEF
   1447      1.1     skrll 	      && (input_section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0
   1448      1.1     skrll 	      && ((r_type != R_CRIS_8_PCREL
   1449      1.1     skrll 		   && r_type != R_CRIS_16_PCREL
   1450      1.1     skrll 		   && r_type != R_CRIS_32_PCREL)
   1451      1.1     skrll 		  || (!SYMBOLIC_BIND (info, h)
   1452      1.1     skrll 		      || (h != NULL && !h->def_regular))))
   1453      1.1     skrll 	    {
   1454      1.1     skrll 	      Elf_Internal_Rela outrel;
   1455      1.1     skrll 	      bfd_byte *loc;
   1456      1.1     skrll 	      bfd_boolean skip, relocate;
   1457      1.1     skrll 
   1458  1.1.1.2  christos 	      /* When generating a shared object, these relocations
   1459  1.1.1.2  christos 		 are copied into the output file to be resolved at run
   1460  1.1.1.2  christos 		 time.  */
   1461  1.1.1.2  christos 
   1462      1.1     skrll 	      if (sreloc == NULL)
   1463      1.1     skrll 		{
   1464      1.1     skrll 		  sreloc = _bfd_elf_get_dynamic_reloc_section
   1465      1.1     skrll 		    (dynobj, input_section, /*rela?*/ TRUE);
   1466      1.1     skrll 		  /* The section should have been created in cris_elf_check_relocs,
   1467      1.1     skrll 		     but that function will not be called for objects which fail in
   1468      1.1     skrll 		     cris_elf_merge_private_bfd_data.  */
   1469      1.1     skrll 		  if (sreloc == NULL)
   1470      1.1     skrll 		    {
   1471      1.1     skrll 		      bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
   1472      1.1     skrll 		      return FALSE;
   1473      1.1     skrll 		    }
   1474      1.1     skrll 		}
   1475      1.1     skrll 
   1476      1.1     skrll 	      skip = FALSE;
   1477      1.1     skrll 	      relocate = FALSE;
   1478  1.1.1.2  christos 
   1479  1.1.1.2  christos 	      outrel.r_offset =
   1480  1.1.1.2  christos 		_bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd, info, input_section,
   1481  1.1.1.2  christos 					 rel->r_offset);
   1482  1.1.1.2  christos 	      if (outrel.r_offset == (bfd_vma) -1)
   1483  1.1.1.2  christos 		skip = TRUE;
   1484  1.1.1.2  christos 	      else if (outrel.r_offset == (bfd_vma) -2
   1485  1.1.1.2  christos 		       /* For now, undefined weak symbols with non-default
   1486  1.1.1.2  christos 			  visibility (yielding 0), like exception info for
   1487  1.1.1.2  christos 			  discarded sections, will get a R_CRIS_NONE
   1488      1.1     skrll 			  relocation rather than no relocation, because we
   1489      1.1     skrll 			  notice too late that the symbol doesn't need a
   1490      1.1     skrll 			  relocation.  */
   1491      1.1     skrll 		       || (h != NULL
   1492      1.1     skrll 			   && h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak
   1493      1.1     skrll 			   && ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) != STV_DEFAULT))
   1494      1.1     skrll 		skip = TRUE, relocate = TRUE;
   1495      1.1     skrll 	      outrel.r_offset += (input_section->output_section->vma
   1496      1.1     skrll 				  + input_section->output_offset);
   1497  1.1.1.4  christos 
   1498      1.1     skrll 	      if (skip)
   1499      1.1     skrll 		memset (&outrel, 0, sizeof outrel);
   1500      1.1     skrll 	      /* h->dynindx may be -1 if the symbol was marked to
   1501      1.1     skrll 		 become local.  */
   1502      1.1     skrll 	      else if (h != NULL
   1503      1.1     skrll 		       && ((!SYMBOLIC_BIND (info, h) && h->dynindx != -1)
   1504      1.1     skrll 			   || !h->def_regular))
   1505      1.1     skrll 		{
   1506      1.1     skrll 		  BFD_ASSERT (h->dynindx != -1);
   1507      1.1     skrll 		  outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (h->dynindx, r_type);
   1508      1.1     skrll 		  outrel.r_addend = relocation + rel->r_addend;
   1509      1.1     skrll 		}
   1510      1.1     skrll 	      else
   1511      1.1     skrll 		{
   1512      1.1     skrll 		  outrel.r_addend = relocation + rel->r_addend;
   1513      1.1     skrll 
   1514      1.1     skrll 		  if (r_type == R_CRIS_32)
   1515      1.1     skrll 		    {
   1516      1.1     skrll 		      relocate = TRUE;
   1517      1.1     skrll 		      outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_CRIS_RELATIVE);
   1518      1.1     skrll 		    }
   1519      1.1     skrll 		  else
   1520      1.1     skrll 		    {
   1521      1.1     skrll 		      long indx;
   1522      1.1     skrll 
   1523      1.1     skrll 		      if (bfd_is_abs_section (sec))
   1524      1.1     skrll 			indx = 0;
   1525      1.1     skrll 		      else if (sec == NULL || sec->owner == NULL)
   1526      1.1     skrll 			{
   1527      1.1     skrll 			  bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
   1528      1.1     skrll 			  return FALSE;
   1529      1.1     skrll 			}
   1530      1.1     skrll 		      else
   1531      1.1     skrll 			{
   1532      1.1     skrll 			  asection *osec;
   1533      1.1     skrll 
   1534      1.1     skrll 			  /* We are turning this relocation into one
   1535      1.1     skrll 			     against a section symbol.  It would be
   1536      1.1     skrll 			     proper to subtract the symbol's value,
   1537      1.1     skrll 			     osec->vma, from the emitted reloc addend,
   1538      1.1     skrll 			     but ld.so expects buggy relocs.  */
   1539      1.1     skrll 			  osec = sec->output_section;
   1540      1.1     skrll 			  indx = elf_section_data (osec)->dynindx;
   1541      1.1     skrll 			  if (indx == 0)
   1542      1.1     skrll 			    {
   1543      1.1     skrll 			      osec = htab->root.text_index_section;
   1544      1.1     skrll 			      indx = elf_section_data (osec)->dynindx;
   1545      1.1     skrll 			    }
   1546      1.1     skrll 			  BFD_ASSERT (indx != 0);
   1547      1.1     skrll 			}
   1548      1.1     skrll 
   1549      1.1     skrll 		      outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (indx, r_type);
   1550      1.1     skrll 		    }
   1551      1.1     skrll 		}
   1552  1.1.1.6  christos 
   1553  1.1.1.6  christos 	      loc = sreloc->contents;
   1554      1.1     skrll 	      loc += sreloc->reloc_count++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
   1555      1.1     skrll 	      bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &outrel, loc);
   1556      1.1     skrll 
   1557      1.1     skrll 	      /* This reloc will be computed at runtime, so there's no
   1558      1.1     skrll 		 need to do anything now, except for R_CRIS_32 relocations
   1559  1.1.1.2  christos 		 that have been turned into R_CRIS_RELATIVE.  */
   1560  1.1.1.2  christos 	      if (!relocate)
   1561  1.1.1.2  christos 		continue;
   1562  1.1.1.2  christos 	    }
   1563  1.1.1.2  christos 
   1564  1.1.1.2  christos 	  break;
   1565  1.1.1.2  christos 
   1566  1.1.1.2  christos 	case R_CRIS_16_DTPREL:
   1567  1.1.1.2  christos 	case R_CRIS_32_DTPREL:
   1568  1.1.1.2  christos 	  /* This relocation must only be performed against local
   1569  1.1.1.2  christos 	     symbols, or to sections that are not loadable.  It's also
   1570  1.1.1.4  christos 	     ok when we link a program and the symbol is defined in an
   1571  1.1.1.2  christos 	     ordinary (non-DSO) object (if it's undefined there, we've
   1572  1.1.1.2  christos 	     already seen an error).  */
   1573  1.1.1.2  christos 	  if (h != NULL
   1574  1.1.1.6  christos 	      && (input_section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0
   1575  1.1.1.2  christos 	      && ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) == STV_DEFAULT
   1576  1.1.1.2  christos 	      && (bfd_link_pic (info)
   1577  1.1.1.6  christos 		  || (!h->def_regular
   1578  1.1.1.2  christos 		      && h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefined)))
   1579  1.1.1.2  christos 	    {
   1580  1.1.1.6  christos 	      _bfd_error_handler
   1581  1.1.1.6  christos 		((h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefined)
   1582  1.1.1.2  christos 		 /* We shouldn't get here for GCC-emitted code.  */
   1583  1.1.1.2  christos 		 /* xgettext:c-format */
   1584  1.1.1.2  christos 		 ? _("%B, section %A: relocation %s has an undefined"
   1585  1.1.1.2  christos 		     " reference to `%s', perhaps a declaration mixup?")
   1586  1.1.1.2  christos 		 /* xgettext:c-format */
   1587  1.1.1.2  christos 		 : _("%B, section %A: relocation %s is"
   1588  1.1.1.2  christos 		     " not allowed for `%s', a global symbol with default"
   1589  1.1.1.2  christos 		     " visibility, perhaps a declaration mixup?"),
   1590  1.1.1.2  christos 		 input_bfd,
   1591  1.1.1.2  christos 		 input_section,
   1592  1.1.1.2  christos 		 cris_elf_howto_table[r_type].name,
   1593  1.1.1.2  christos 		 symname != NULL && symname[0] != '\0'
   1594  1.1.1.2  christos 		 ? symname : _("[whose name is lost]"));
   1595  1.1.1.2  christos 	      bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
   1596  1.1.1.2  christos 	      return FALSE;
   1597  1.1.1.2  christos 	    }
   1598  1.1.1.2  christos 
   1599  1.1.1.2  christos 	  BFD_ASSERT ((input_section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) == 0
   1600  1.1.1.2  christos 		      || htab->dtpmod_refcount != 0);
   1601  1.1.1.2  christos 
   1602  1.1.1.2  christos 	  /* Fill in a R_CRIS_DTPMOD reloc at offset 3 if we haven't
   1603  1.1.1.2  christos 	     already done so.  Note that we do this in .got.plt, not
   1604  1.1.1.6  christos 	     in .got, as .got.plt contains the first part, still the
   1605  1.1.1.2  christos 	     reloc is against .got, because the linker script directs
   1606  1.1.1.2  christos 	     (is required to direct) them both into .got.  */
   1607  1.1.1.4  christos 	  if (htab->dtpmod_refcount > 0
   1608  1.1.1.2  christos 	      && (input_section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
   1609  1.1.1.2  christos 	    {
   1610  1.1.1.2  christos 	      asection *sgotplt = htab->root.sgotplt;
   1611  1.1.1.2  christos 	      BFD_ASSERT (sgotplt != NULL);
   1612  1.1.1.6  christos 
   1613  1.1.1.2  christos 	      if (bfd_link_pic (info))
   1614  1.1.1.2  christos 		{
   1615  1.1.1.2  christos 		  Elf_Internal_Rela outrel;
   1616  1.1.1.2  christos 		  bfd_byte *loc;
   1617  1.1.1.2  christos 
   1618  1.1.1.2  christos 		  srelgot = htab->root.srelgot;
   1619  1.1.1.2  christos 		  BFD_ASSERT (srelgot != NULL);
   1620  1.1.1.2  christos 		  loc = srelgot->contents;
   1621  1.1.1.2  christos 		  loc += srelgot->reloc_count++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
   1622  1.1.1.2  christos 
   1623  1.1.1.2  christos 		  bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, (bfd_vma) 0, sgotplt->contents + 12);
   1624  1.1.1.2  christos 		  bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, (bfd_vma) 0, sgotplt->contents + 16);
   1625  1.1.1.2  christos 		  outrel.r_offset = (sgotplt->output_section->vma
   1626  1.1.1.2  christos 				     + sgotplt->output_offset
   1627  1.1.1.2  christos 				     + 12);
   1628  1.1.1.2  christos 		  outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_CRIS_DTPMOD);
   1629  1.1.1.2  christos 		  outrel.r_addend = 0;
   1630  1.1.1.2  christos 		  bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &outrel, loc);
   1631  1.1.1.2  christos 		}
   1632  1.1.1.2  christos 	      else
   1633  1.1.1.2  christos 		{
   1634  1.1.1.2  christos 		  /* For an executable, the GOT entry contents is known.  */
   1635  1.1.1.2  christos 		  bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, (bfd_vma) 1, sgotplt->contents + 12);
   1636  1.1.1.2  christos 		  bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, (bfd_vma) 0, sgotplt->contents + 16);
   1637  1.1.1.2  christos 		}
   1638  1.1.1.2  christos 
   1639  1.1.1.2  christos 	      /* Reverse the sign to mark that we've emitted the
   1640  1.1.1.2  christos 		 required GOT entry.  */
   1641  1.1.1.2  christos 	      htab->dtpmod_refcount = - htab->dtpmod_refcount;
   1642  1.1.1.2  christos 	    }
   1643  1.1.1.2  christos 
   1644  1.1.1.2  christos 	  /* The relocation is the offset from the start of the module
   1645  1.1.1.4  christos 	     TLS block to the (local) symbol.  */
   1646  1.1.1.2  christos 	  relocation -= elf_hash_table (info)->tls_sec == NULL
   1647  1.1.1.2  christos 	    ? 0 : elf_hash_table (info)->tls_sec->vma;
   1648  1.1.1.2  christos 	  break;
   1649  1.1.1.2  christos 
   1650  1.1.1.2  christos 	case R_CRIS_32_GD:
   1651  1.1.1.2  christos 	  if (bfd_link_pic (info))
   1652  1.1.1.2  christos 	    {
   1653  1.1.1.2  christos 	      bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation);
   1654  1.1.1.2  christos 
   1655  1.1.1.2  christos 	      /* We've already informed in cris_elf_check_relocs that
   1656  1.1.1.2  christos 		 this is an error.  */
   1657  1.1.1.2  christos 	      return FALSE;
   1658  1.1.1.2  christos 	    }
   1659  1.1.1.2  christos 	  /* Fall through.  */
   1660  1.1.1.2  christos 
   1661  1.1.1.2  christos 	case R_CRIS_16_GOT_GD:
   1662  1.1.1.2  christos 	case R_CRIS_32_GOT_GD:
   1663  1.1.1.6  christos 	  if (rel->r_addend != 0)
   1664  1.1.1.6  christos 	    {
   1665  1.1.1.6  christos 	      /* We can't do anything for a relocation which is against a
   1666  1.1.1.2  christos 		 symbol *plus offset*.  The GOT holds relocations for
   1667  1.1.1.2  christos 		 symbols.  Make this an error; the compiler isn't allowed
   1668  1.1.1.2  christos 		 to pass us these kinds of things.  */
   1669  1.1.1.2  christos 	      _bfd_error_handler
   1670  1.1.1.2  christos 		/* xgettext:c-format */
   1671  1.1.1.2  christos 		(_("%B, section %A: relocation %s with non-zero addend %Ld"
   1672  1.1.1.2  christos 		   " against symbol `%s'"),
   1673  1.1.1.2  christos 		 input_bfd,
   1674  1.1.1.2  christos 		 input_section,
   1675  1.1.1.2  christos 		 cris_elf_howto_table[r_type].name,
   1676  1.1.1.2  christos 		 rel->r_addend,
   1677  1.1.1.4  christos 		 symname[0] != '\0' ? symname : _("[whose name is lost]"));
   1678  1.1.1.2  christos 
   1679  1.1.1.2  christos 	      bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
   1680  1.1.1.2  christos 	      return FALSE;
   1681  1.1.1.2  christos 	    }
   1682  1.1.1.2  christos 
   1683  1.1.1.2  christos 	  if (!bfd_link_pic (info)
   1684  1.1.1.2  christos 	      && (h == NULL || h->def_regular || ELF_COMMON_DEF_P (h)))
   1685  1.1.1.2  christos 	    {
   1686  1.1.1.2  christos 	      /* Known contents of the GOT.  */
   1687  1.1.1.2  christos 	      bfd_vma off;
   1688  1.1.1.2  christos 
   1689  1.1.1.2  christos 	      /* The symbol is defined in the program, so just write
   1690  1.1.1.2  christos 		 (1, known_tpoffset) into the GOT.  */
   1691  1.1.1.2  christos 	      relocation -= elf_hash_table (info)->tls_sec->vma;
   1692  1.1.1.2  christos 
   1693  1.1.1.2  christos 	      if (h != NULL)
   1694  1.1.1.2  christos 		{
   1695  1.1.1.2  christos 		  off = elf_cris_hash_entry (h)->tprel_refcount > 0
   1696  1.1.1.2  christos 		    ? h->got.offset + 4 : h->got.offset;
   1697  1.1.1.2  christos 		}
   1698  1.1.1.2  christos 	      else
   1699  1.1.1.2  christos 		{
   1700  1.1.1.2  christos 		  off = local_got_offsets[r_symndx];
   1701  1.1.1.2  christos 		  if (local_got_offsets[LGOT_TPREL_NDX (r_symndx)])
   1702  1.1.1.2  christos 		    off += 4;
   1703  1.1.1.2  christos 		}
   1704  1.1.1.2  christos 
   1705  1.1.1.2  christos 	      /* We use bit 1 of the offset as a flag for GOT entry with
   1706  1.1.1.2  christos 		 the R_CRIS_DTP reloc, setting it when we've emitted the
   1707  1.1.1.2  christos 		 GOT entry and reloc.  Bit 0 is used for R_CRIS_32_TPREL
   1708  1.1.1.2  christos 		 relocs.  */
   1709  1.1.1.2  christos 	      if ((off & 2) == 0)
   1710  1.1.1.2  christos 		{
   1711  1.1.1.2  christos 		  off &= ~3;
   1712  1.1.1.2  christos 
   1713  1.1.1.2  christos 		  if (h != NULL)
   1714  1.1.1.2  christos 		    h->got.offset |= 2;
   1715  1.1.1.2  christos 		  else
   1716  1.1.1.2  christos 		    local_got_offsets[r_symndx] |= 2;
   1717  1.1.1.2  christos 
   1718  1.1.1.2  christos 		  bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, 1, sgot->contents + off);
   1719  1.1.1.2  christos 		  bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, relocation, sgot->contents + off + 4);
   1720  1.1.1.2  christos 		}
   1721  1.1.1.2  christos 	      else
   1722  1.1.1.2  christos 		off &= ~3;
   1723  1.1.1.2  christos 
   1724  1.1.1.2  christos 	      relocation = sgot->output_offset + off
   1725  1.1.1.2  christos 		+ (r_type == R_CRIS_32_GD ? sgot->output_section->vma : 0);
   1726  1.1.1.2  christos 	    }
   1727  1.1.1.2  christos 	  else
   1728  1.1.1.2  christos 	    {
   1729  1.1.1.2  christos 	      /* Not all parts of the GOT entry are known; emit a real
   1730  1.1.1.2  christos 		 relocation.  */
   1731  1.1.1.2  christos 	      bfd_vma off;
   1732  1.1.1.2  christos 
   1733  1.1.1.2  christos 	      if (h != NULL)
   1734  1.1.1.2  christos 		off = elf_cris_hash_entry (h)->tprel_refcount > 0
   1735  1.1.1.2  christos 		  ? h->got.offset + 4 : h->got.offset;
   1736  1.1.1.2  christos 	      else
   1737  1.1.1.2  christos 		{
   1738  1.1.1.2  christos 		  off = local_got_offsets[r_symndx];
   1739  1.1.1.2  christos 		  if (local_got_offsets[LGOT_TPREL_NDX (r_symndx)])
   1740  1.1.1.2  christos 		    off += 4;
   1741  1.1.1.2  christos 		}
   1742  1.1.1.2  christos 
   1743  1.1.1.2  christos 	      /* See above re bit 1 and bit 0 usage.  */
   1744  1.1.1.2  christos 	      if ((off & 2) == 0)
   1745  1.1.1.2  christos 		{
   1746  1.1.1.2  christos 		  Elf_Internal_Rela outrel;
   1747  1.1.1.2  christos 		  bfd_byte *loc;
   1748  1.1.1.2  christos 
   1749  1.1.1.2  christos 		  off &= ~3;
   1750  1.1.1.2  christos 
   1751  1.1.1.2  christos 		  if (h != NULL)
   1752  1.1.1.2  christos 		    h->got.offset |= 2;
   1753  1.1.1.2  christos 		  else
   1754  1.1.1.2  christos 		    local_got_offsets[r_symndx] |= 2;
   1755  1.1.1.2  christos 
   1756  1.1.1.6  christos 		  /* Clear the target contents of the GOT (just as a
   1757  1.1.1.2  christos 		     gesture; it's already cleared on allocation): this
   1758  1.1.1.2  christos 		     relocation is not like the other dynrelocs.  */
   1759  1.1.1.2  christos 		  bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, 0, sgot->contents + off);
   1760  1.1.1.2  christos 		  bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, 0, sgot->contents + off + 4);
   1761  1.1.1.2  christos 
   1762  1.1.1.2  christos 		  srelgot = htab->root.srelgot;
   1763  1.1.1.2  christos 		  BFD_ASSERT (srelgot != NULL);
   1764  1.1.1.2  christos 
   1765  1.1.1.2  christos 		  if (h != NULL && h->dynindx != -1)
   1766  1.1.1.2  christos 		    {
   1767  1.1.1.2  christos 		      outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (h->dynindx, R_CRIS_DTP);
   1768  1.1.1.2  christos 		      relocation = 0;
   1769  1.1.1.2  christos 		    }
   1770  1.1.1.2  christos 		  else
   1771  1.1.1.2  christos 		    {
   1772  1.1.1.2  christos 		      outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_CRIS_DTP);
   1773  1.1.1.2  christos 
   1774  1.1.1.2  christos 		      /* NULL if we had an error.  */
   1775  1.1.1.2  christos 		      relocation -= elf_hash_table (info)->tls_sec == NULL
   1776  1.1.1.2  christos 			? 0 : elf_hash_table (info)->tls_sec->vma;
   1777  1.1.1.2  christos 		    }
   1778  1.1.1.2  christos 
   1779  1.1.1.2  christos 		  outrel.r_offset = (sgot->output_section->vma
   1780  1.1.1.2  christos 				     + sgot->output_offset
   1781  1.1.1.2  christos 				     + off);
   1782  1.1.1.2  christos 		  outrel.r_addend = relocation;
   1783  1.1.1.2  christos 		  loc = srelgot->contents;
   1784  1.1.1.2  christos 		  loc += srelgot->reloc_count++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
   1785  1.1.1.2  christos 
   1786  1.1.1.2  christos 		  /* NULL if we had an error.  */
   1787  1.1.1.2  christos 		  if (srelgot->contents != NULL)
   1788  1.1.1.2  christos 		    bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &outrel, loc);
   1789  1.1.1.2  christos 		}
   1790  1.1.1.2  christos 	      else
   1791  1.1.1.2  christos 		off &= ~3;
   1792  1.1.1.2  christos 
   1793  1.1.1.2  christos 	      relocation = sgot->output_offset + off
   1794  1.1.1.2  christos 		+ (r_type == R_CRIS_32_GD ? sgot->output_section->vma : 0);
   1795  1.1.1.2  christos 	    }
   1796  1.1.1.2  christos 
   1797  1.1.1.4  christos 	  /* The GOT-relative offset to the GOT entry is the
   1798  1.1.1.2  christos 	     relocation, or for R_CRIS_32_GD, the actual address of
   1799  1.1.1.2  christos 	     the GOT entry.  */
   1800  1.1.1.2  christos 	  break;
   1801  1.1.1.2  christos 
   1802  1.1.1.2  christos 	case R_CRIS_32_IE:
   1803  1.1.1.2  christos 	  if (bfd_link_pic (info))
   1804  1.1.1.2  christos 	    {
   1805  1.1.1.2  christos 	      bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation);
   1806  1.1.1.2  christos 
   1807  1.1.1.2  christos 	      /* We've already informed in cris_elf_check_relocs that
   1808  1.1.1.2  christos 		 this is an error.  */
   1809  1.1.1.2  christos 	      return FALSE;
   1810  1.1.1.2  christos 	    }
   1811  1.1.1.2  christos 	  /* Fall through.  */
   1812  1.1.1.2  christos 
   1813  1.1.1.2  christos 	case R_CRIS_32_GOT_TPREL:
   1814  1.1.1.2  christos 	case R_CRIS_16_GOT_TPREL:
   1815  1.1.1.2  christos 	  if (rel->r_addend != 0)
   1816  1.1.1.6  christos 	    {
   1817  1.1.1.6  christos 	      /* We can't do anything for a relocation which is
   1818  1.1.1.6  christos 		 against a symbol *plus offset*.  GOT holds
   1819  1.1.1.2  christos 		 relocations for symbols.  Make this an error; the
   1820  1.1.1.2  christos 		 compiler isn't allowed to pass us these kinds of
   1821  1.1.1.2  christos 		 things.  */
   1822  1.1.1.2  christos 	      _bfd_error_handler
   1823  1.1.1.2  christos 		/* xgettext:c-format */
   1824  1.1.1.2  christos 		(_("%B, section %A: relocation %s with non-zero addend %Ld"
   1825  1.1.1.2  christos 		   " against symbol `%s'"),
   1826  1.1.1.2  christos 		 input_bfd,
   1827  1.1.1.2  christos 		 input_section,
   1828  1.1.1.2  christos 		 cris_elf_howto_table[r_type].name,
   1829  1.1.1.4  christos 		 rel->r_addend,
   1830  1.1.1.3  christos 		 symname[0] != '\0' ? symname : _("[whose name is lost]"));
   1831  1.1.1.2  christos 	      bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
   1832  1.1.1.2  christos 	      return FALSE;
   1833  1.1.1.2  christos 	    }
   1834  1.1.1.2  christos 
   1835  1.1.1.2  christos 	  if (!bfd_link_pic (info)
   1836  1.1.1.2  christos 	      && (h == NULL || h->def_regular || ELF_COMMON_DEF_P (h)))
   1837  1.1.1.2  christos 	    {
   1838  1.1.1.2  christos 	      /* Known contents of the GOT.  */
   1839  1.1.1.2  christos 	      bfd_vma off;
   1840  1.1.1.2  christos 
   1841  1.1.1.2  christos 	      /* The symbol is defined in the program, so just write
   1842  1.1.1.2  christos 		 the -prog_tls_size+known_tpoffset into the GOT.  */
   1843  1.1.1.2  christos 	      relocation -= elf_hash_table (info)->tls_sec->vma;
   1844  1.1.1.2  christos 	      relocation -= elf_hash_table (info)->tls_size;
   1845  1.1.1.2  christos 
   1846  1.1.1.2  christos 	      if (h != NULL)
   1847  1.1.1.2  christos 		off = h->got.offset;
   1848  1.1.1.2  christos 	      else
   1849  1.1.1.2  christos 		off = local_got_offsets[r_symndx];
   1850  1.1.1.2  christos 
   1851  1.1.1.2  christos 	      /* Bit 0 is used to mark whether we've emitted the required
   1852  1.1.1.2  christos 		 entry (and if needed R_CRIS_32_TPREL reloc).  Bit 1
   1853  1.1.1.2  christos 		 is used similarly for R_CRIS_DTP, see above.  */
   1854  1.1.1.2  christos 	      if ((off & 1) == 0)
   1855  1.1.1.2  christos 		{
   1856  1.1.1.2  christos 		  off &= ~3;
   1857  1.1.1.2  christos 
   1858  1.1.1.2  christos 		  if (h != NULL)
   1859  1.1.1.2  christos 		    h->got.offset |= 1;
   1860  1.1.1.2  christos 		  else
   1861  1.1.1.2  christos 		    local_got_offsets[r_symndx] |= 1;
   1862  1.1.1.2  christos 
   1863  1.1.1.2  christos 		  bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, relocation, sgot->contents + off);
   1864  1.1.1.2  christos 		}
   1865  1.1.1.2  christos 	      else
   1866  1.1.1.2  christos 		off &= ~3;
   1867  1.1.1.2  christos 
   1868  1.1.1.2  christos 	      relocation = sgot->output_offset + off
   1869  1.1.1.2  christos 		+ (r_type == R_CRIS_32_IE ? sgot->output_section->vma : 0);
   1870  1.1.1.2  christos 	    }
   1871  1.1.1.2  christos 	  else
   1872  1.1.1.2  christos 	    {
   1873  1.1.1.2  christos 	      /* Emit a real relocation.  */
   1874  1.1.1.2  christos 	      bfd_vma off;
   1875  1.1.1.2  christos 
   1876  1.1.1.2  christos 	      if (h != NULL)
   1877  1.1.1.2  christos 		off = h->got.offset;
   1878  1.1.1.2  christos 	      else
   1879  1.1.1.2  christos 		off = local_got_offsets[r_symndx];
   1880  1.1.1.2  christos 
   1881  1.1.1.2  christos 	      /* See above re usage of bit 0 and 1.  */
   1882  1.1.1.2  christos 	      if ((off & 1) == 0)
   1883  1.1.1.2  christos 		{
   1884  1.1.1.2  christos 		  Elf_Internal_Rela outrel;
   1885  1.1.1.2  christos 		  bfd_byte *loc;
   1886  1.1.1.2  christos 
   1887  1.1.1.2  christos 		  off &= ~3;
   1888  1.1.1.6  christos 
   1889  1.1.1.2  christos 		  if (h != NULL)
   1890  1.1.1.2  christos 		    h->got.offset |= 1;
   1891  1.1.1.2  christos 		  else
   1892  1.1.1.2  christos 		    local_got_offsets[r_symndx] |= 1;
   1893  1.1.1.2  christos 
   1894  1.1.1.2  christos 		  srelgot = htab->root.srelgot;
   1895  1.1.1.2  christos 		  BFD_ASSERT (srelgot != NULL);
   1896  1.1.1.2  christos 
   1897  1.1.1.2  christos 		  if (h != NULL && h->dynindx != -1)
   1898  1.1.1.2  christos 		    {
   1899  1.1.1.2  christos 		      outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (h->dynindx, R_CRIS_32_TPREL);
   1900  1.1.1.2  christos 		      relocation = 0;
   1901  1.1.1.2  christos 		    }
   1902  1.1.1.2  christos 		  else
   1903  1.1.1.2  christos 		    {
   1904  1.1.1.2  christos 		      outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_CRIS_32_TPREL);
   1905  1.1.1.2  christos 
   1906  1.1.1.2  christos 		      /* NULL if we had an error.  */
   1907  1.1.1.2  christos 		      relocation -= elf_hash_table (info)->tls_sec == NULL
   1908  1.1.1.2  christos 			? 0 : elf_hash_table (info)->tls_sec->vma;
   1909  1.1.1.2  christos 		    }
   1910  1.1.1.2  christos 
   1911  1.1.1.2  christos 		  /* Just "define" the initial contents in some
   1912  1.1.1.2  christos 		     semi-logical way.  */
   1913  1.1.1.2  christos 		  bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, relocation, sgot->contents + off);
   1914  1.1.1.2  christos 
   1915  1.1.1.2  christos 		  outrel.r_offset = (sgot->output_section->vma
   1916  1.1.1.2  christos 				     + sgot->output_offset
   1917  1.1.1.2  christos 				     + off);
   1918  1.1.1.2  christos 		  outrel.r_addend = relocation;
   1919  1.1.1.2  christos 		  loc = srelgot->contents;
   1920  1.1.1.2  christos 		  loc += srelgot->reloc_count++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
   1921  1.1.1.2  christos 		  /* NULL if we had an error.  */
   1922  1.1.1.2  christos 		  if (srelgot->contents != NULL)
   1923  1.1.1.2  christos 		    bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &outrel, loc);
   1924  1.1.1.2  christos 		}
   1925  1.1.1.2  christos 	      else
   1926  1.1.1.2  christos 		off &= ~3;
   1927  1.1.1.2  christos 
   1928  1.1.1.2  christos 	      relocation = sgot->output_offset + off
   1929  1.1.1.2  christos 		+ (r_type == R_CRIS_32_IE ? sgot->output_section->vma : 0);
   1930  1.1.1.2  christos 	    }
   1931  1.1.1.2  christos 
   1932  1.1.1.2  christos 	  /* The GOT-relative offset to the GOT entry is the relocation,
   1933  1.1.1.2  christos 	     or for R_CRIS_32_GD, the actual address of the GOT entry.  */
   1934  1.1.1.4  christos 	  break;
   1935  1.1.1.2  christos 
   1936  1.1.1.2  christos 	case R_CRIS_16_TPREL:
   1937  1.1.1.2  christos 	case R_CRIS_32_TPREL:
   1938  1.1.1.2  christos 	  /* This relocation must only be performed against symbols
   1939  1.1.1.2  christos 	     defined in an ordinary (non-DSO) object.  */
   1940  1.1.1.2  christos 	  if (bfd_link_pic (info))
   1941  1.1.1.2  christos 	    {
   1942  1.1.1.2  christos 	      bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation);
   1943  1.1.1.2  christos 
   1944  1.1.1.2  christos 	      /* We've already informed in cris_elf_check_relocs that
   1945  1.1.1.2  christos 		 this is an error.  */
   1946  1.1.1.2  christos 	      return FALSE;
   1947  1.1.1.2  christos 	    }
   1948  1.1.1.2  christos 
   1949  1.1.1.2  christos 	  if (h != NULL
   1950  1.1.1.6  christos 	      && ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) == STV_DEFAULT
   1951  1.1.1.6  christos 	      && !(h->def_regular || ELF_COMMON_DEF_P (h))
   1952  1.1.1.2  christos 	      /* If it's undefined, then an error message has already
   1953  1.1.1.2  christos 		 been emitted.  */
   1954  1.1.1.2  christos 	      && h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefined)
   1955  1.1.1.2  christos 	    {
   1956  1.1.1.2  christos 	      _bfd_error_handler
   1957  1.1.1.2  christos 		/* xgettext:c-format */
   1958  1.1.1.2  christos 		(_("%B, section %A: relocation %s is"
   1959  1.1.1.2  christos 		   " not allowed for symbol: `%s'"
   1960  1.1.1.2  christos 		   " which is defined outside the program,"
   1961  1.1.1.2  christos 		   " perhaps a declaration mixup?"),
   1962  1.1.1.2  christos 		 input_bfd,
   1963  1.1.1.2  christos 		 input_section,
   1964  1.1.1.2  christos 		 cris_elf_howto_table[r_type].name,
   1965  1.1.1.2  christos 		 symname);
   1966  1.1.1.2  christos 	      bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
   1967  1.1.1.2  christos 	      return FALSE;
   1968  1.1.1.2  christos 	    }
   1969  1.1.1.2  christos 
   1970  1.1.1.2  christos 	  /* NULL if we had an error.  */
   1971  1.1.1.2  christos 	  relocation -= elf_hash_table (info)->tls_sec == NULL
   1972  1.1.1.2  christos 	    ? 0
   1973  1.1.1.2  christos 	    : (elf_hash_table (info)->tls_sec->vma
   1974  1.1.1.2  christos 	       + elf_hash_table (info)->tls_size);
   1975  1.1.1.2  christos 
   1976      1.1     skrll 	  /* The TLS-relative offset is the relocation.  */
   1977      1.1     skrll 	  break;
   1978      1.1     skrll 
   1979      1.1     skrll 	default:
   1980      1.1     skrll 	  BFD_FAIL ();
   1981      1.1     skrll 	  return FALSE;
   1982      1.1     skrll 	}
   1983      1.1     skrll 
   1984      1.1     skrll       r = cris_final_link_relocate (howto, input_bfd, input_section,
   1985      1.1     skrll 				     contents, rel, relocation);
   1986      1.1     skrll 
   1987      1.1     skrll       if (r != bfd_reloc_ok)
   1988  1.1.1.5  christos 	{
   1989      1.1     skrll 	  const char * msg = (const char *) NULL;
   1990      1.1     skrll 
   1991  1.1.1.2  christos 	  switch (r)
   1992  1.1.1.2  christos 	    {
   1993  1.1.1.2  christos 	    case bfd_reloc_overflow:
   1994  1.1.1.2  christos 	      (*info->callbacks->reloc_overflow)
   1995  1.1.1.2  christos 		(info, (h ? &h->root : NULL), symname, howto->name,
   1996  1.1.1.2  christos 		 (bfd_vma) 0, input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset);
   1997  1.1.1.2  christos 	      if (additional_relocation_error_msg_count > 0)
   1998  1.1.1.2  christos 		{
   1999  1.1.1.2  christos 		  additional_relocation_error_msg_count--;
   2000  1.1.1.2  christos 		  switch (r_type)
   2001  1.1.1.2  christos 		    {
   2002  1.1.1.2  christos 		    case R_CRIS_16_GOTPLT:
   2003  1.1.1.2  christos 		    case R_CRIS_16_GOT:
   2004  1.1.1.6  christos 
   2005  1.1.1.2  christos 		      /* Not just TLS is involved here, so we make
   2006  1.1.1.2  christos 			 generation and message depend on -fPIC/-fpic
   2007  1.1.1.2  christos 			 only.  */
   2008  1.1.1.2  christos 		    case R_CRIS_16_GOT_TPREL:
   2009  1.1.1.2  christos 		    case R_CRIS_16_GOT_GD:
   2010  1.1.1.2  christos 		      _bfd_error_handler
   2011  1.1.1.6  christos 			(_("(too many global variables for -fpic:"
   2012  1.1.1.2  christos 			   " recompile with -fPIC)"));
   2013  1.1.1.2  christos 		      break;
   2014  1.1.1.2  christos 
   2015  1.1.1.2  christos 		    case R_CRIS_16_TPREL:
   2016  1.1.1.2  christos 		    case R_CRIS_16_DTPREL:
   2017  1.1.1.2  christos 		      _bfd_error_handler
   2018  1.1.1.2  christos 			(_("(thread-local data too big for -fpic or"
   2019  1.1.1.2  christos 			   " -msmall-tls: recompile with -fPIC or"
   2020  1.1.1.2  christos 			   " -mno-small-tls)"));
   2021  1.1.1.2  christos 		      break;
   2022      1.1     skrll 
   2023      1.1     skrll 		      /* No known cause for overflow for other relocs.  */
   2024      1.1     skrll 		    default:
   2025  1.1.1.5  christos 		      break;
   2026  1.1.1.5  christos 		    }
   2027      1.1     skrll 		}
   2028      1.1     skrll 	      break;
   2029      1.1     skrll 
   2030      1.1     skrll 	    case bfd_reloc_undefined:
   2031      1.1     skrll 	      (*info->callbacks->undefined_symbol)
   2032      1.1     skrll 		(info, symname, input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset, TRUE);
   2033      1.1     skrll 	      break;
   2034      1.1     skrll 
   2035      1.1     skrll 	    case bfd_reloc_outofrange:
   2036      1.1     skrll 	      msg = _("internal error: out of range error");
   2037      1.1     skrll 	      break;
   2038      1.1     skrll 
   2039      1.1     skrll 	    case bfd_reloc_notsupported:
   2040      1.1     skrll 	      msg = _("internal error: unsupported relocation error");
   2041      1.1     skrll 	      break;
   2042      1.1     skrll 
   2043      1.1     skrll 	    case bfd_reloc_dangerous:
   2044      1.1     skrll 	      msg = _("internal error: dangerous relocation");
   2045      1.1     skrll 	      break;
   2046      1.1     skrll 
   2047  1.1.1.5  christos 	    default:
   2048  1.1.1.5  christos 	      msg = _("internal error: unknown error");
   2049      1.1     skrll 	      break;
   2050      1.1     skrll 	    }
   2051      1.1     skrll 
   2052      1.1     skrll 	  if (msg)
   2053      1.1     skrll 	    (*info->callbacks->warning) (info, msg, symname, input_bfd,
   2054      1.1     skrll 					 input_section, rel->r_offset);
   2055      1.1     skrll 	}
   2056      1.1     skrll     }
   2057      1.1     skrll 
   2058      1.1     skrll   return TRUE;
   2059  1.1.1.2  christos }
   2060  1.1.1.2  christos 
   2061  1.1.1.2  christos /* Finish up dynamic symbol handling.  We set the contents of various
   2063      1.1     skrll    dynamic sections here.  */
   2064  1.1.1.2  christos 
   2065      1.1     skrll static bfd_boolean
   2066      1.1     skrll elf_cris_finish_dynamic_symbol (bfd *output_bfd,
   2067      1.1     skrll 				struct bfd_link_info *info,
   2068      1.1     skrll 				struct elf_link_hash_entry *h,
   2069      1.1     skrll 				Elf_Internal_Sym *sym)
   2070      1.1     skrll {
   2071      1.1     skrll   struct elf_cris_link_hash_table * htab;
   2072      1.1     skrll 
   2073      1.1     skrll   /* Where in the plt entry to put values.  */
   2074      1.1     skrll   int plt_off1 = 2, plt_off2 = 10, plt_off3 = 16;
   2075      1.1     skrll 
   2076      1.1     skrll   /* What offset to add to the distance to the first PLT entry for the
   2077      1.1     skrll      value at plt_off3.   */
   2078      1.1     skrll   int plt_off3_value_bias = 4;
   2079      1.1     skrll 
   2080  1.1.1.2  christos   /* Where in the PLT entry the call-dynlink-stub is (happens to be same
   2081  1.1.1.2  christos      for PIC and non-PIC for v32 and pre-v32).  */
   2082  1.1.1.2  christos   int plt_stub_offset = 8;
   2083  1.1.1.2  christos   int plt_entry_size = PLT_ENTRY_SIZE;
   2084      1.1     skrll   const bfd_byte *plt_entry = elf_cris_plt_entry;
   2085      1.1     skrll   const bfd_byte *plt_pic_entry = elf_cris_pic_plt_entry;
   2086      1.1     skrll 
   2087      1.1     skrll   htab = elf_cris_hash_table (info);
   2088      1.1     skrll   if (htab == NULL)
   2089      1.1     skrll     return FALSE;
   2090      1.1     skrll 
   2091      1.1     skrll   /* Adjust the various PLT entry offsets.  */
   2092      1.1     skrll   if (bfd_get_mach (output_bfd) == bfd_mach_cris_v32)
   2093      1.1     skrll     {
   2094      1.1     skrll       plt_off2 = 14;
   2095      1.1     skrll       plt_off3 = 20;
   2096      1.1     skrll       plt_off3_value_bias = -2;
   2097      1.1     skrll       plt_stub_offset = 12;
   2098      1.1     skrll       plt_entry_size = PLT_ENTRY_SIZE_V32;
   2099      1.1     skrll       plt_entry = elf_cris_plt_entry_v32;
   2100      1.1     skrll       plt_pic_entry = elf_cris_pic_plt_entry_v32;
   2101      1.1     skrll     }
   2102      1.1     skrll 
   2103      1.1     skrll   if (h->plt.offset != (bfd_vma) -1)
   2104  1.1.1.2  christos     {
   2105      1.1     skrll       asection *splt;
   2106      1.1     skrll       asection *sgotplt;
   2107      1.1     skrll       asection *srela;
   2108      1.1     skrll       bfd_vma got_base;
   2109  1.1.1.2  christos 
   2110  1.1.1.2  christos       bfd_vma gotplt_offset
   2111  1.1.1.2  christos 	= elf_cris_hash_entry (h)->gotplt_offset;
   2112  1.1.1.2  christos       Elf_Internal_Rela rela;
   2113  1.1.1.2  christos       bfd_byte *loc;
   2114  1.1.1.2  christos       bfd_boolean has_gotplt = gotplt_offset != 0;
   2115  1.1.1.2  christos 
   2116  1.1.1.2  christos       /* Get the index in the .rela.plt relocations for the .got.plt
   2117  1.1.1.2  christos 	 entry that corresponds to this symbol.
   2118  1.1.1.2  christos 	 We have to count backwards here, and the result is only valid
   2119  1.1.1.2  christos 	 as an index into .rela.plt.  We also have to undo the effect
   2120  1.1.1.2  christos 	 of the R_CRIS_DTPMOD entry at .got index 3 (offset 12 into
   2121  1.1.1.2  christos 	 .got.plt) for which gotplt_offset is adjusted, because while
   2122      1.1     skrll 	 that entry goes into .got.plt, its relocation goes into
   2123      1.1     skrll 	 .rela.got, not .rela.plt.  (It's not PLT-specific; not to be
   2124      1.1     skrll 	 processed as part of the runtime lazy .rela.plt relocation).
   2125      1.1     skrll 	 FIXME: There be literal constants here...  */
   2126      1.1     skrll       bfd_vma rela_plt_index
   2127      1.1     skrll 	= (htab->dtpmod_refcount != 0
   2128      1.1     skrll 	   ? gotplt_offset/4 - 2 - 3 : gotplt_offset/4 - 3);
   2129      1.1     skrll 
   2130      1.1     skrll       /* Get the offset into the .got table of the entry that corresponds
   2131  1.1.1.2  christos 	 to this function.  Note that we embed knowledge that "incoming"
   2132      1.1     skrll 	 .got goes after .got.plt in the output without padding (pointer
   2133      1.1     skrll 	 aligned).  However, that knowledge is present in several other
   2134      1.1     skrll 	 places too.  */
   2135      1.1     skrll       bfd_vma got_offset
   2136      1.1     skrll 	= (has_gotplt
   2137      1.1     skrll 	   ? gotplt_offset
   2138  1.1.1.6  christos 	   : h->got.offset + htab->next_gotplt_entry);
   2139  1.1.1.6  christos 
   2140  1.1.1.6  christos       /* This symbol has an entry in the procedure linkage table.  Set it
   2141      1.1     skrll 	 up.  */
   2142      1.1     skrll 
   2143      1.1     skrll       BFD_ASSERT (h->dynindx != -1);
   2144      1.1     skrll 
   2145      1.1     skrll       splt = htab->root.splt;
   2146      1.1     skrll       sgotplt = htab->root.sgotplt;
   2147  1.1.1.4  christos       srela = htab->root.srelplt;
   2148      1.1     skrll       BFD_ASSERT (splt != NULL && sgotplt != NULL
   2149      1.1     skrll 		  && (! has_gotplt || srela != NULL));
   2150      1.1     skrll 
   2151      1.1     skrll       got_base = sgotplt->output_section->vma + sgotplt->output_offset;
   2152      1.1     skrll 
   2153      1.1     skrll       /* Fill in the entry in the procedure linkage table.  */
   2154      1.1     skrll       if (! bfd_link_pic (info))
   2155      1.1     skrll 	{
   2156      1.1     skrll 	  memcpy (splt->contents + h->plt.offset, plt_entry,
   2157      1.1     skrll 		  plt_entry_size);
   2158      1.1     skrll 
   2159      1.1     skrll 	  /* We need to enter the absolute address of the GOT entry here.  */
   2160      1.1     skrll 	  bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, got_base + got_offset,
   2161      1.1     skrll 		      splt->contents + h->plt.offset + plt_off1);
   2162      1.1     skrll 	}
   2163      1.1     skrll       else
   2164      1.1     skrll 	{
   2165      1.1     skrll 	  memcpy (splt->contents + h->plt.offset, plt_pic_entry,
   2166      1.1     skrll 		  plt_entry_size);
   2167      1.1     skrll 	  bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, got_offset,
   2168      1.1     skrll 		      splt->contents + h->plt.offset + plt_off1);
   2169      1.1     skrll 	}
   2170  1.1.1.2  christos 
   2171      1.1     skrll       /* Fill in the plt entry and make a relocation, if this is a "real"
   2172      1.1     skrll 	 PLT entry.  */
   2173      1.1     skrll       if (has_gotplt)
   2174      1.1     skrll 	{
   2175      1.1     skrll 	  /* Fill in the offset to the reloc table.  */
   2176      1.1     skrll 	  bfd_put_32 (output_bfd,
   2177      1.1     skrll 		      rela_plt_index * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela),
   2178      1.1     skrll 		      splt->contents + h->plt.offset + plt_off2);
   2179      1.1     skrll 
   2180      1.1     skrll 	  /* Fill in the offset to the first PLT entry, where to "jump".  */
   2181      1.1     skrll 	  bfd_put_32 (output_bfd,
   2182      1.1     skrll 		      - (h->plt.offset + plt_off3 + plt_off3_value_bias),
   2183      1.1     skrll 		      splt->contents + h->plt.offset + plt_off3);
   2184      1.1     skrll 
   2185      1.1     skrll 	  /* Fill in the entry in the global offset table with the address of
   2186      1.1     skrll 	     the relocating stub.  */
   2187      1.1     skrll 	  bfd_put_32 (output_bfd,
   2188      1.1     skrll 		      (splt->output_section->vma
   2189      1.1     skrll 		       + splt->output_offset
   2190      1.1     skrll 		       + h->plt.offset
   2191      1.1     skrll 		       + plt_stub_offset),
   2192      1.1     skrll 		      sgotplt->contents + got_offset);
   2193  1.1.1.2  christos 
   2194      1.1     skrll 	  /* Fill in the entry in the .rela.plt section.  */
   2195      1.1     skrll 	  rela.r_offset = (sgotplt->output_section->vma
   2196      1.1     skrll 			   + sgotplt->output_offset
   2197      1.1     skrll 			   + got_offset);
   2198      1.1     skrll 	  rela.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (h->dynindx, R_CRIS_JUMP_SLOT);
   2199      1.1     skrll 	  rela.r_addend = 0;
   2200      1.1     skrll 	  loc = srela->contents + rela_plt_index * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
   2201      1.1     skrll 	  bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &rela, loc);
   2202      1.1     skrll 	}
   2203      1.1     skrll 
   2204      1.1     skrll       if (!h->def_regular)
   2205      1.1     skrll 	{
   2206      1.1     skrll 	  /* Mark the symbol as undefined, rather than as defined in
   2207      1.1     skrll 	     the .plt section.  Leave the value alone.  */
   2208      1.1     skrll 	  sym->st_shndx = SHN_UNDEF;
   2209      1.1     skrll 
   2210      1.1     skrll 	  /* FIXME: From elf32-sparc.c 2001-02-19 (1.18).  I still don't
   2211      1.1     skrll 	     know whether resetting the value is significant; if it really
   2212      1.1     skrll 	     is, rather than a quirk or bug in the sparc port, then I
   2213      1.1     skrll 	     believe we'd see this elsewhere.  */
   2214      1.1     skrll 	  /* If the symbol is weak, we do need to clear the value.
   2215      1.1     skrll 	     Otherwise, the PLT entry would provide a definition for
   2216      1.1     skrll 	     the symbol even if the symbol wasn't defined anywhere,
   2217      1.1     skrll 	     and so the symbol would never be NULL.  */
   2218      1.1     skrll 	  if (!h->ref_regular_nonweak)
   2219      1.1     skrll 	    sym->st_value = 0;
   2220      1.1     skrll 	}
   2221      1.1     skrll     }
   2222  1.1.1.2  christos 
   2223  1.1.1.4  christos   /* For an ordinary program, we emit .got relocs only for symbols that
   2224      1.1     skrll      are in the dynamic-symbols table and are either defined by the
   2225      1.1     skrll      program or are undefined weak symbols, or are function symbols
   2226      1.1     skrll      where we do not output a PLT: the PLT reloc was output above and all
   2227      1.1     skrll      references to the function symbol are redirected to the PLT.  */
   2228      1.1     skrll   if (h->got.offset != (bfd_vma) -1
   2229      1.1     skrll       && (elf_cris_hash_entry (h)->reg_got_refcount > 0)
   2230      1.1     skrll       && (bfd_link_pic (info)
   2231      1.1     skrll 	  || (h->dynindx != -1
   2232      1.1     skrll 	      && h->plt.offset == (bfd_vma) -1
   2233      1.1     skrll 	      && !h->def_regular
   2234      1.1     skrll 	      && h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefweak)))
   2235      1.1     skrll     {
   2236      1.1     skrll       asection *sgot;
   2237  1.1.1.6  christos       asection *srela;
   2238  1.1.1.6  christos       Elf_Internal_Rela rela;
   2239      1.1     skrll       bfd_byte *loc;
   2240      1.1     skrll       bfd_byte *where;
   2241      1.1     skrll 
   2242      1.1     skrll       /* This symbol has an entry in the global offset table.  Set it up.  */
   2243      1.1     skrll 
   2244      1.1     skrll       sgot = htab->root.sgot;
   2245      1.1     skrll       srela = htab->root.srelgot;
   2246      1.1     skrll       BFD_ASSERT (sgot != NULL && srela != NULL);
   2247      1.1     skrll 
   2248      1.1     skrll       rela.r_offset = (sgot->output_section->vma
   2249      1.1     skrll 		       + sgot->output_offset
   2250      1.1     skrll 		       + (h->got.offset &~ (bfd_vma) 1));
   2251      1.1     skrll 
   2252  1.1.1.4  christos       /* If this is a static link, or it is a -Bsymbolic link and the
   2253  1.1.1.4  christos 	 symbol is defined locally or was forced to be local because
   2254      1.1     skrll 	 of a version file, we just want to emit a RELATIVE reloc.
   2255      1.1     skrll 	 The entry in the global offset table will already have been
   2256      1.1     skrll 	 initialized in the relocate_section function.  */
   2257      1.1     skrll       where = sgot->contents + (h->got.offset &~ (bfd_vma) 1);
   2258      1.1     skrll       if (! elf_hash_table (info)->dynamic_sections_created
   2259      1.1     skrll 	  || (bfd_link_pic (info)
   2260      1.1     skrll 	      && (SYMBOLIC_BIND (info, h) || h->dynindx == -1)
   2261      1.1     skrll 	      && h->def_regular))
   2262      1.1     skrll 	{
   2263      1.1     skrll 	  rela.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_CRIS_RELATIVE);
   2264      1.1     skrll 	  rela.r_addend = bfd_get_signed_32 (output_bfd, where);
   2265      1.1     skrll 	}
   2266      1.1     skrll       else
   2267      1.1     skrll 	{
   2268      1.1     skrll 	  bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, (bfd_vma) 0, where);
   2269      1.1     skrll 	  rela.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (h->dynindx, R_CRIS_GLOB_DAT);
   2270      1.1     skrll 	  rela.r_addend = 0;
   2271      1.1     skrll 	}
   2272      1.1     skrll 
   2273      1.1     skrll       loc = srela->contents;
   2274      1.1     skrll       loc += srela->reloc_count++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
   2275      1.1     skrll       bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &rela, loc);
   2276      1.1     skrll     }
   2277      1.1     skrll 
   2278      1.1     skrll   if (h->needs_copy)
   2279      1.1     skrll     {
   2280      1.1     skrll       asection *s;
   2281      1.1     skrll       Elf_Internal_Rela rela;
   2282      1.1     skrll       bfd_byte *loc;
   2283  1.1.1.6  christos 
   2284  1.1.1.6  christos       /* This symbol needs a copy reloc.  Set it up.  */
   2285  1.1.1.6  christos 
   2286  1.1.1.6  christos       BFD_ASSERT (h->dynindx != -1
   2287      1.1     skrll 		  && (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
   2288      1.1     skrll 		      || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak));
   2289      1.1     skrll 
   2290      1.1     skrll       if (h->root.u.def.section == htab->root.sdynrelro)
   2291      1.1     skrll 	s = htab->root.sreldynrelro;
   2292      1.1     skrll       else
   2293      1.1     skrll 	s = htab->root.srelbss;
   2294      1.1     skrll 
   2295      1.1     skrll       rela.r_offset = (h->root.u.def.value
   2296      1.1     skrll 		       + h->root.u.def.section->output_section->vma
   2297      1.1     skrll 		       + h->root.u.def.section->output_offset);
   2298  1.1.1.4  christos       rela.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (h->dynindx, R_CRIS_COPY);
   2299      1.1     skrll       rela.r_addend = 0;
   2300      1.1     skrll       loc = s->contents + s->reloc_count++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
   2301      1.1     skrll       bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &rela, loc);
   2302      1.1     skrll     }
   2303      1.1     skrll 
   2304      1.1     skrll   /* Mark _DYNAMIC and _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ as absolute.  */
   2305  1.1.1.2  christos   if (h == elf_hash_table (info)->hdynamic
   2306  1.1.1.2  christos       || h == elf_hash_table (info)->hgot)
   2307  1.1.1.2  christos     sym->st_shndx = SHN_ABS;
   2308      1.1     skrll 
   2309      1.1     skrll   return TRUE;
   2310  1.1.1.3  christos }
   2311  1.1.1.3  christos 
   2312      1.1     skrll /* Finish up the dynamic sections.  Do *not* emit relocs here, as their
   2314      1.1     skrll    offsets were changed, as part of -z combreloc handling, from those we
   2315      1.1     skrll    computed.  */
   2316      1.1     skrll 
   2317      1.1     skrll static bfd_boolean
   2318      1.1     skrll elf_cris_finish_dynamic_sections (bfd *output_bfd,
   2319  1.1.1.6  christos 				  struct bfd_link_info *info)
   2320      1.1     skrll {
   2321  1.1.1.3  christos   bfd *dynobj;
   2322      1.1     skrll   asection *sgot;
   2323      1.1     skrll   asection *sdyn;
   2324      1.1     skrll 
   2325      1.1     skrll   dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj;
   2326      1.1     skrll 
   2327      1.1     skrll   sgot = elf_hash_table (info)->sgotplt;
   2328  1.1.1.6  christos   BFD_ASSERT (sgot != NULL);
   2329      1.1     skrll   sdyn = bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj, ".dynamic");
   2330      1.1     skrll 
   2331      1.1     skrll   if (elf_hash_table (info)->dynamic_sections_created)
   2332      1.1     skrll     {
   2333      1.1     skrll       asection *splt;
   2334      1.1     skrll       Elf32_External_Dyn *dyncon, *dynconend;
   2335      1.1     skrll 
   2336      1.1     skrll       splt = elf_hash_table (info)->splt;
   2337      1.1     skrll       BFD_ASSERT (splt != NULL && sdyn != NULL);
   2338      1.1     skrll 
   2339      1.1     skrll       dyncon = (Elf32_External_Dyn *) sdyn->contents;
   2340      1.1     skrll       dynconend = (Elf32_External_Dyn *) (sdyn->contents + sdyn->size);
   2341      1.1     skrll       for (; dyncon < dynconend; dyncon++)
   2342      1.1     skrll 	{
   2343      1.1     skrll 	  Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn;
   2344      1.1     skrll 	  asection *s;
   2345      1.1     skrll 
   2346  1.1.1.5  christos 	  bfd_elf32_swap_dyn_in (dynobj, dyncon, &dyn);
   2347      1.1     skrll 
   2348      1.1     skrll 	  switch (dyn.d_tag)
   2349      1.1     skrll 	    {
   2350      1.1     skrll 	    default:
   2351      1.1     skrll 	      break;
   2352      1.1     skrll 
   2353  1.1.1.6  christos 	    case DT_PLTGOT:
   2354  1.1.1.5  christos 	      dyn.d_un.d_ptr = sgot->output_section->vma + sgot->output_offset;
   2355  1.1.1.5  christos 	      bfd_elf32_swap_dyn_out (output_bfd, &dyn, dyncon);
   2356      1.1     skrll 	      break;
   2357      1.1     skrll 
   2358      1.1     skrll 	    case DT_JMPREL:
   2359      1.1     skrll 	      /* Yes, we *can* have a .plt and no .plt.rela, for instance
   2360  1.1.1.6  christos 		 if all symbols are found in the .got (not .got.plt).  */
   2361      1.1     skrll 	      s = elf_hash_table (info)->srelplt;
   2362      1.1     skrll 	      dyn.d_un.d_ptr = s != NULL ? (s->output_section->vma
   2363      1.1     skrll 					    + s->output_offset) : 0;
   2364      1.1     skrll 	      bfd_elf32_swap_dyn_out (output_bfd, &dyn, dyncon);
   2365      1.1     skrll 	      break;
   2366      1.1     skrll 
   2367      1.1     skrll 	    case DT_PLTRELSZ:
   2368      1.1     skrll 	      s = elf_hash_table (info)->srelplt;
   2369      1.1     skrll 	      if (s == NULL)
   2370      1.1     skrll 		dyn.d_un.d_val = 0;
   2371      1.1     skrll 	      else
   2372      1.1     skrll 		dyn.d_un.d_val = s->size;
   2373      1.1     skrll 	      bfd_elf32_swap_dyn_out (output_bfd, &dyn, dyncon);
   2374      1.1     skrll 	      break;
   2375  1.1.1.4  christos 	    }
   2376      1.1     skrll 	}
   2377      1.1     skrll 
   2378      1.1     skrll       /* Fill in the first entry in the procedure linkage table.  */
   2379      1.1     skrll       if (splt->size > 0)
   2380      1.1     skrll 	{
   2381      1.1     skrll 	  if (bfd_get_mach (output_bfd) == bfd_mach_cris_v32)
   2382      1.1     skrll 	    {
   2383      1.1     skrll 	      if (bfd_link_pic (info))
   2384      1.1     skrll 		memcpy (splt->contents, elf_cris_pic_plt0_entry_v32,
   2385      1.1     skrll 			PLT_ENTRY_SIZE_V32);
   2386      1.1     skrll 	      else
   2387      1.1     skrll 		{
   2388      1.1     skrll 		  memcpy (splt->contents, elf_cris_plt0_entry_v32,
   2389      1.1     skrll 			  PLT_ENTRY_SIZE_V32);
   2390      1.1     skrll 		  bfd_put_32 (output_bfd,
   2391      1.1     skrll 			      sgot->output_section->vma
   2392      1.1     skrll 			      + sgot->output_offset + 4,
   2393  1.1.1.4  christos 			      splt->contents + 4);
   2394      1.1     skrll 
   2395      1.1     skrll 		  elf_section_data (splt->output_section)->this_hdr.sh_entsize
   2396      1.1     skrll 		    = PLT_ENTRY_SIZE_V32;
   2397      1.1     skrll 		}
   2398      1.1     skrll 	    }
   2399      1.1     skrll 	  else
   2400      1.1     skrll 	    {
   2401      1.1     skrll 	      if (bfd_link_pic (info))
   2402      1.1     skrll 		memcpy (splt->contents, elf_cris_pic_plt0_entry,
   2403      1.1     skrll 			PLT_ENTRY_SIZE);
   2404      1.1     skrll 	      else
   2405      1.1     skrll 		{
   2406      1.1     skrll 		  memcpy (splt->contents, elf_cris_plt0_entry,
   2407      1.1     skrll 			  PLT_ENTRY_SIZE);
   2408      1.1     skrll 		  bfd_put_32 (output_bfd,
   2409      1.1     skrll 			      sgot->output_section->vma
   2410      1.1     skrll 			      + sgot->output_offset + 4,
   2411      1.1     skrll 			      splt->contents + 6);
   2412  1.1.1.6  christos 		  bfd_put_32 (output_bfd,
   2413      1.1     skrll 			      sgot->output_section->vma
   2414      1.1     skrll 			      + sgot->output_offset + 8,
   2415      1.1     skrll 			      splt->contents + 14);
   2416      1.1     skrll 
   2417      1.1     skrll 		  elf_section_data (splt->output_section)->this_hdr.sh_entsize
   2418      1.1     skrll 		    = PLT_ENTRY_SIZE;
   2419      1.1     skrll 		}
   2420      1.1     skrll 	    }
   2421      1.1     skrll 	}
   2422      1.1     skrll     }
   2423      1.1     skrll 
   2424      1.1     skrll   /* Fill in the first three entries in the global offset table.  */
   2425      1.1     skrll   if (sgot->size > 0)
   2426      1.1     skrll     {
   2427      1.1     skrll       if (sdyn == NULL)
   2428      1.1     skrll 	bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, (bfd_vma) 0, sgot->contents);
   2429      1.1     skrll       else
   2430      1.1     skrll 	bfd_put_32 (output_bfd,
   2431      1.1     skrll 		    sdyn->output_section->vma + sdyn->output_offset,
   2432      1.1     skrll 		    sgot->contents);
   2433      1.1     skrll       bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, (bfd_vma) 0, sgot->contents + 4);
   2434      1.1     skrll       bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, (bfd_vma) 0, sgot->contents + 8);
   2435      1.1     skrll     }
   2436      1.1     skrll 
   2437      1.1     skrll   elf_section_data (sgot->output_section)->this_hdr.sh_entsize = 4;
   2438      1.1     skrll 
   2439      1.1     skrll   return TRUE;
   2440      1.1     skrll }
   2441      1.1     skrll 
   2442      1.1     skrll /* Return the section that should be marked against GC for a given
   2444  1.1.1.2  christos    relocation.  */
   2445      1.1     skrll 
   2446  1.1.1.2  christos static asection *
   2447      1.1     skrll cris_elf_gc_mark_hook (asection *sec,
   2448      1.1     skrll 		       struct bfd_link_info *info,
   2449      1.1     skrll 		       Elf_Internal_Rela *rel,
   2450      1.1     skrll 		       struct elf_link_hash_entry *h,
   2451  1.1.1.2  christos 		       Elf_Internal_Sym *sym)
   2452  1.1.1.2  christos {
   2453  1.1.1.2  christos   enum elf_cris_reloc_type r_type = ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info);
   2454      1.1     skrll   if (h != NULL)
   2455      1.1     skrll     switch (r_type)
   2456      1.1     skrll       {
   2457      1.1     skrll       case R_CRIS_GNU_VTINHERIT:
   2458      1.1     skrll       case R_CRIS_GNU_VTENTRY:
   2459  1.1.1.2  christos 	return NULL;
   2460  1.1.1.2  christos 
   2461  1.1.1.2  christos       default:
   2462  1.1.1.3  christos 	break;
   2463  1.1.1.3  christos       }
   2464  1.1.1.2  christos 
   2465  1.1.1.2  christos   return _bfd_elf_gc_mark_hook (sec, info, rel, h, sym);
   2466  1.1.1.3  christos }
   2467  1.1.1.3  christos 
   2468  1.1.1.3  christos /* The elf_backend_plt_sym_val hook function.  */
   2469  1.1.1.3  christos 
   2470  1.1.1.3  christos static bfd_vma
   2471  1.1.1.3  christos cris_elf_plt_sym_val (bfd_vma i ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, const asection *plt,
   2472  1.1.1.3  christos 		      const arelent *rel)
   2473  1.1.1.3  christos {
   2474  1.1.1.3  christos   bfd_size_type plt_entry_size;
   2475  1.1.1.3  christos   bfd_size_type pltoffs;
   2476  1.1.1.3  christos   bfd *abfd = plt->owner;
   2477  1.1.1.3  christos 
   2478  1.1.1.3  christos   /* Same for CRIS and CRIS v32; see elf_cris_(|pic_)plt_entry(|_v32)[].  */
   2479  1.1.1.2  christos   bfd_size_type plt_entry_got_offset = 2;
   2480  1.1.1.3  christos   bfd_size_type plt_sec_size;
   2481  1.1.1.2  christos   bfd_size_type got_vma_for_dyn;
   2482  1.1.1.3  christos   asection *got;
   2483  1.1.1.2  christos 
   2484  1.1.1.2  christos   /* FIXME: the .got section should be readily available also when
   2485  1.1.1.3  christos      we're not linking.  */
   2486  1.1.1.3  christos   if ((got = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".got")) == NULL)
   2487  1.1.1.3  christos     return (bfd_vma) -1;
   2488  1.1.1.3  christos 
   2489  1.1.1.3  christos   plt_sec_size =  bfd_section_size (plt->owner, plt);
   2490  1.1.1.3  christos   plt_entry_size
   2491  1.1.1.3  christos     = (bfd_get_mach (abfd) == bfd_mach_cris_v32
   2492  1.1.1.3  christos        ? PLT_ENTRY_SIZE_V32 : PLT_ENTRY_SIZE);
   2493  1.1.1.3  christos 
   2494  1.1.1.3  christos   /* Data in PLT is GOT-relative for DYN, but absolute for EXE.  */
   2495  1.1.1.3  christos   got_vma_for_dyn = (abfd->flags & EXEC_P) ? 0 : got->vma;
   2496  1.1.1.3  christos 
   2497  1.1.1.3  christos   /* Because we can have merged GOT entries; a single .got entry for
   2498  1.1.1.3  christos      both GOT and the PLT part of the GOT (.got.plt), the index of the
   2499  1.1.1.3  christos      reloc in .rela.plt is not the same as the index in the PLT.
   2500  1.1.1.3  christos      Instead, we have to hunt down the GOT offset in the PLT that
   2501  1.1.1.3  christos      corresponds to that of this reloc.  Unfortunately, we will only
   2502  1.1.1.3  christos      be called for the .rela.plt relocs, so we'll miss synthetic
   2503  1.1.1.3  christos      symbols for .plt entries with merged GOT entries.  (FIXME:
   2504  1.1.1.3  christos      fixable by providing our own bfd_elf32_get_synthetic_symtab.
   2505  1.1.1.3  christos      Doesn't seem worthwile at time of this writing.)  FIXME: we've
   2506  1.1.1.4  christos      gone from O(1) to O(N) (N number of PLT entries) for finding each
   2507  1.1.1.3  christos      PLT address.  Shouldn't matter in practice though.  */
   2508  1.1.1.3  christos 
   2509  1.1.1.3  christos   for (pltoffs = plt_entry_size;
   2510  1.1.1.3  christos        pltoffs < plt_sec_size;
   2511  1.1.1.3  christos        pltoffs += plt_entry_size)
   2512  1.1.1.3  christos     {
   2513  1.1.1.3  christos       bfd_size_type got_offset;
   2514  1.1.1.3  christos       bfd_byte gotoffs_raw[4];
   2515  1.1.1.3  christos 
   2516  1.1.1.3  christos       if (!bfd_get_section_contents (abfd, (asection *) plt, gotoffs_raw,
   2517  1.1.1.3  christos 				     pltoffs + plt_entry_got_offset,
   2518  1.1.1.3  christos 				     sizeof (gotoffs_raw)))
   2519  1.1.1.3  christos 	return (bfd_vma) -1;
   2520  1.1.1.2  christos 
   2521  1.1.1.2  christos       got_offset = bfd_get_32 (abfd, gotoffs_raw);
   2522      1.1     skrll       if (got_offset + got_vma_for_dyn == rel->address)
   2523      1.1     skrll 	return plt->vma + pltoffs;
   2524      1.1     skrll     }
   2525      1.1     skrll 
   2526      1.1     skrll   /* While it's tempting to BFD_ASSERT that we shouldn't get here,
   2527      1.1     skrll      that'd not be graceful behavior for invalid input.  */
   2528      1.1     skrll   return (bfd_vma) -1;
   2529      1.1     skrll }
   2530  1.1.1.3  christos 
   2531      1.1     skrll /* Make sure we emit a GOT entry if the symbol was supposed to have a PLT
   2532      1.1     skrll    entry but we found we will not create any.  Called when we find we will
   2533      1.1     skrll    not have any PLT for this symbol, by for example
   2534  1.1.1.3  christos    elf_cris_adjust_dynamic_symbol when we're doing a proper dynamic link,
   2535  1.1.1.6  christos    or elf_cris_size_dynamic_sections if no dynamic sections will be
   2536  1.1.1.3  christos    created (we're only linking static objects).  */
   2537  1.1.1.6  christos 
   2538  1.1.1.3  christos static bfd_boolean
   2539      1.1     skrll elf_cris_adjust_gotplt_to_got (struct elf_cris_link_hash_entry *h, void * p)
   2540      1.1     skrll {
   2541      1.1     skrll   struct bfd_link_info *info = (struct bfd_link_info *) p;
   2542      1.1     skrll 
   2543      1.1     skrll   /* A GOTPLT reloc, when activated, is supposed to be included into
   2544  1.1.1.2  christos      the PLT refcount, when the symbol isn't set-or-forced local.  */
   2545      1.1     skrll   BFD_ASSERT (h->gotplt_refcount == 0
   2546  1.1.1.2  christos 	      || h->root.plt.refcount == -1
   2547  1.1.1.2  christos 	      || h->gotplt_refcount <= h->root.plt.refcount);
   2548      1.1     skrll 
   2549      1.1     skrll   /* If nobody wanted a GOTPLT with this symbol, we're done.  */
   2550  1.1.1.2  christos   if (h->gotplt_refcount <= 0)
   2551      1.1     skrll     return TRUE;
   2552      1.1     skrll 
   2553      1.1     skrll   if (h->reg_got_refcount > 0)
   2554      1.1     skrll     {
   2555      1.1     skrll       /* There's a GOT entry for this symbol.  Just adjust the refcounts.
   2556      1.1     skrll 	 Probably not necessary at this stage, but keeping them accurate
   2557      1.1     skrll 	 helps avoiding surprises later.  */
   2558      1.1     skrll       h->root.got.refcount += h->gotplt_refcount;
   2559  1.1.1.6  christos       h->reg_got_refcount += h->gotplt_refcount;
   2560  1.1.1.6  christos       h->gotplt_refcount = 0;
   2561      1.1     skrll     }
   2562  1.1.1.2  christos   else
   2563  1.1.1.6  christos     {
   2564  1.1.1.2  christos       /* No GOT entry for this symbol.  We need to create one.  */
   2565  1.1.1.2  christos       asection *sgot;
   2566      1.1     skrll       asection *srelgot;
   2567      1.1     skrll 
   2568      1.1     skrll       sgot = elf_hash_table (info)->sgot;
   2569      1.1     skrll       srelgot = elf_hash_table (info)->srelgot;
   2570      1.1     skrll 
   2571      1.1     skrll       /* Put accurate refcounts there.  */
   2572      1.1     skrll       BFD_ASSERT (h->root.got.refcount >= 0);
   2573      1.1     skrll       h->root.got.refcount += h->gotplt_refcount;
   2574      1.1     skrll       h->reg_got_refcount = h->gotplt_refcount;
   2575      1.1     skrll 
   2576      1.1     skrll       h->gotplt_refcount = 0;
   2577      1.1     skrll 
   2578      1.1     skrll       /* We always have a .got and a .rela.got section if there were
   2579      1.1     skrll 	 GOTPLT relocs in input.  */
   2580      1.1     skrll       BFD_ASSERT (sgot != NULL && srelgot != NULL);
   2581      1.1     skrll 
   2582      1.1     skrll       /* Allocate space in the .got section.  */
   2583      1.1     skrll       sgot->size += 4;
   2584      1.1     skrll 
   2585      1.1     skrll       /* Allocate relocation space.  */
   2586      1.1     skrll       srelgot->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
   2587      1.1     skrll     }
   2588      1.1     skrll 
   2589      1.1     skrll   return TRUE;
   2590      1.1     skrll }
   2591      1.1     skrll 
   2592      1.1     skrll /* Try to fold PLT entries with GOT entries.  There are two cases when we
   2593      1.1     skrll    want to do this:
   2594      1.1     skrll 
   2595      1.1     skrll    - When all PLT references are GOTPLT references, and there are GOT
   2596      1.1     skrll      references, and this is not the executable.  We don't have to
   2597      1.1     skrll      generate a PLT at all.
   2598      1.1     skrll 
   2599      1.1     skrll    - When there are both (ordinary) PLT references and GOT references,
   2600      1.1     skrll      and this isn't the executable.
   2601      1.1     skrll      We want to make the PLT reference use the ordinary GOT entry rather
   2602      1.1     skrll      than R_CRIS_JUMP_SLOT, a run-time dynamically resolved GOTPLT entry,
   2603      1.1     skrll      since the GOT entry will have to be resolved at startup anyway.
   2604      1.1     skrll 
   2605      1.1     skrll    Though the latter case is handled when room for the PLT is allocated,
   2606      1.1     skrll    not here.
   2607      1.1     skrll 
   2608  1.1.1.3  christos    By folding into the GOT, we may need a round-trip to a PLT in the
   2609      1.1     skrll    executable for calls, a loss in performance.  Still, losing a
   2610      1.1     skrll    reloc is a win in size and at least in start-up time.
   2611      1.1     skrll 
   2612      1.1     skrll    Note that this function is called before symbols are forced local by
   2613      1.1     skrll    version scripts.  The differing cases are handled by
   2614      1.1     skrll    elf_cris_hide_symbol.  */
   2615      1.1     skrll 
   2616      1.1     skrll static bfd_boolean
   2617      1.1     skrll elf_cris_try_fold_plt_to_got (struct elf_cris_link_hash_entry *h, void * p)
   2618      1.1     skrll {
   2619      1.1     skrll   struct bfd_link_info *info = (struct bfd_link_info *) p;
   2620      1.1     skrll 
   2621      1.1     skrll   /* If there are no GOT references for this symbol, we can't fold any
   2622      1.1     skrll      other reference so there's nothing to do.  Likewise if there are no
   2623      1.1     skrll      PLT references; GOTPLT references included.  */
   2624      1.1     skrll   if (h->root.got.refcount <= 0 || h->root.plt.refcount <= 0)
   2625      1.1     skrll     return TRUE;
   2626      1.1     skrll 
   2627      1.1     skrll   /* GOTPLT relocs are supposed to be included into the PLT refcount.  */
   2628      1.1     skrll   BFD_ASSERT (h->gotplt_refcount <= h->root.plt.refcount);
   2629      1.1     skrll 
   2630      1.1     skrll   if (h->gotplt_refcount == h->root.plt.refcount)
   2631      1.1     skrll     {
   2632      1.1     skrll       /* The only PLT references are GOTPLT references, and there are GOT
   2633      1.1     skrll 	 references.  Convert PLT to GOT references.  */
   2634      1.1     skrll       if (! elf_cris_adjust_gotplt_to_got (h, info))
   2635      1.1     skrll 	return FALSE;
   2636      1.1     skrll 
   2637      1.1     skrll       /* Clear the PLT references, so no PLT will be created.  */
   2638      1.1     skrll       h->root.plt.offset = (bfd_vma) -1;
   2639      1.1     skrll     }
   2640  1.1.1.3  christos 
   2641  1.1.1.3  christos   return TRUE;
   2642  1.1.1.3  christos }
   2643      1.1     skrll 
   2644      1.1     skrll /* Our own version of hide_symbol, so that we can adjust a GOTPLT reloc
   2645      1.1     skrll    to use a GOT entry (and create one) rather than requiring a GOTPLT
   2646      1.1     skrll    entry.  */
   2647      1.1     skrll 
   2648      1.1     skrll static void
   2649      1.1     skrll elf_cris_hide_symbol (struct bfd_link_info *info,
   2650      1.1     skrll 		      struct elf_link_hash_entry *h,
   2651      1.1     skrll 		      bfd_boolean force_local)
   2652      1.1     skrll {
   2653      1.1     skrll   elf_cris_adjust_gotplt_to_got ((struct elf_cris_link_hash_entry *) h, info);
   2654      1.1     skrll 
   2655      1.1     skrll   _bfd_elf_link_hash_hide_symbol (info, h, force_local);
   2656  1.1.1.2  christos }
   2657  1.1.1.2  christos 
   2658      1.1     skrll /* Adjust a symbol defined by a dynamic object and referenced by a
   2659  1.1.1.2  christos    regular object.  The current definition is in some section of the
   2660      1.1     skrll    dynamic object, but we're not including those sections.  We have to
   2661      1.1     skrll    change the definition to something the rest of the link can
   2662  1.1.1.6  christos    understand.  */
   2663      1.1     skrll 
   2664      1.1     skrll static bfd_boolean
   2665  1.1.1.2  christos elf_cris_adjust_dynamic_symbol (struct bfd_link_info *info,
   2666  1.1.1.2  christos 				struct elf_link_hash_entry *h)
   2667  1.1.1.2  christos {
   2668  1.1.1.2  christos   struct elf_cris_link_hash_table * htab;
   2669  1.1.1.6  christos   bfd *dynobj;
   2670      1.1     skrll   asection *s;
   2671      1.1     skrll   asection *srel;
   2672      1.1     skrll   bfd_size_type plt_entry_size;
   2673      1.1     skrll 
   2674  1.1.1.6  christos   htab = elf_cris_hash_table (info);
   2675      1.1     skrll   if (htab == NULL)
   2676      1.1     skrll     return FALSE;
   2677      1.1     skrll 
   2678      1.1     skrll   dynobj = htab->root.dynobj;
   2679      1.1     skrll 
   2680      1.1     skrll   /* Make sure we know what is going on here.  */
   2681      1.1     skrll   BFD_ASSERT (dynobj != NULL
   2682      1.1     skrll 	      && (h->needs_plt
   2683      1.1     skrll 		  || h->is_weakalias
   2684      1.1     skrll 		  || (h->def_dynamic
   2685      1.1     skrll 		      && h->ref_regular
   2686      1.1     skrll 		      && !h->def_regular)));
   2687      1.1     skrll 
   2688      1.1     skrll   plt_entry_size
   2689      1.1     skrll     = (bfd_get_mach (dynobj) == bfd_mach_cris_v32
   2690      1.1     skrll        ? PLT_ENTRY_SIZE_V32 : PLT_ENTRY_SIZE);
   2691      1.1     skrll 
   2692      1.1     skrll   /* If this is a function, put it in the procedure linkage table.  We
   2693      1.1     skrll      will fill in the contents of the procedure linkage table later,
   2694      1.1     skrll      when we know the address of the .got section.  */
   2695  1.1.1.4  christos   if (h->type == STT_FUNC
   2696      1.1     skrll       || h->needs_plt)
   2697      1.1     skrll     {
   2698      1.1     skrll       /* If we link a program (not a DSO), we'll get rid of unnecessary
   2699      1.1     skrll 	 PLT entries; we point to the actual symbols -- even for pic
   2700      1.1     skrll 	 relocs, because a program built with -fpic should have the same
   2701      1.1     skrll 	 result as one built without -fpic, specifically considering weak
   2702      1.1     skrll 	 symbols.
   2703      1.1     skrll 	 FIXME: m68k and i386 differ here, for unclear reasons.  */
   2704      1.1     skrll       if (! bfd_link_pic (info)
   2705      1.1     skrll 	  && !h->def_dynamic)
   2706      1.1     skrll 	{
   2707      1.1     skrll 	  /* This case can occur if we saw a PLT reloc in an input file,
   2708      1.1     skrll 	     but the symbol was not defined by a dynamic object.  In such
   2709      1.1     skrll 	     a case, we don't actually need to build a procedure linkage
   2710      1.1     skrll 	     table, and we can just do an absolute or PC reloc instead, or
   2711      1.1     skrll 	     change a .got.plt index to a .got index for GOTPLT relocs.  */
   2712      1.1     skrll 	  BFD_ASSERT (h->needs_plt);
   2713      1.1     skrll 	  h->needs_plt = 0;
   2714      1.1     skrll 	  h->plt.offset = (bfd_vma) -1;
   2715      1.1     skrll 	  return
   2716      1.1     skrll 	    elf_cris_adjust_gotplt_to_got ((struct
   2717  1.1.1.4  christos 					    elf_cris_link_hash_entry *) h,
   2718      1.1     skrll 					   info);
   2719      1.1     skrll 	}
   2720      1.1     skrll 
   2721      1.1     skrll       /* If we had a R_CRIS_GLOB_DAT that didn't have to point to a PLT;
   2722      1.1     skrll 	 where a pointer-equivalent symbol was unimportant (i.e. more
   2723      1.1     skrll 	 like R_CRIS_JUMP_SLOT after symbol evaluation) we could get rid
   2724      1.1     skrll 	 of the PLT.  We can't for the executable, because the GOT
   2725      1.1     skrll 	 entries will point to the PLT there (and be constant).  */
   2726      1.1     skrll       if (bfd_link_pic (info)
   2727      1.1     skrll 	  && !elf_cris_try_fold_plt_to_got ((struct elf_cris_link_hash_entry*)
   2728      1.1     skrll 					    h, info))
   2729      1.1     skrll 	return FALSE;
   2730      1.1     skrll 
   2731      1.1     skrll       /* GC or folding may have rendered this entry unused.  */
   2732      1.1     skrll       if (h->plt.refcount <= 0)
   2733      1.1     skrll 	{
   2734      1.1     skrll 	  h->needs_plt = 0;
   2735      1.1     skrll 	  h->plt.offset = (bfd_vma) -1;
   2736      1.1     skrll 	  return TRUE;
   2737  1.1.1.6  christos 	}
   2738      1.1     skrll 
   2739      1.1     skrll       /* Make sure this symbol is output as a dynamic symbol.  */
   2740      1.1     skrll       if (h->dynindx == -1)
   2741      1.1     skrll 	{
   2742      1.1     skrll 	  if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h))
   2743      1.1     skrll 	    return FALSE;
   2744      1.1     skrll 	}
   2745      1.1     skrll 
   2746      1.1     skrll       s = htab->root.splt;
   2747      1.1     skrll       BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
   2748  1.1.1.4  christos 
   2749      1.1     skrll       /* If this is the first .plt entry, make room for the special
   2750      1.1     skrll 	 first entry.  */
   2751      1.1     skrll       if (s->size == 0)
   2752      1.1     skrll 	s->size += plt_entry_size;
   2753      1.1     skrll 
   2754      1.1     skrll       /* If this symbol is not defined in a regular file, and we are
   2755      1.1     skrll 	 not generating a shared library, then set the symbol to this
   2756      1.1     skrll 	 location in the .plt.  */
   2757      1.1     skrll       if (!bfd_link_pic (info)
   2758      1.1     skrll 	  && !h->def_regular)
   2759      1.1     skrll 	{
   2760      1.1     skrll 	  h->root.u.def.section = s;
   2761  1.1.1.4  christos 	  h->root.u.def.value = s->size;
   2762      1.1     skrll 	}
   2763      1.1     skrll 
   2764      1.1     skrll       /* If there's already a GOT entry, use that, not a .got.plt.  A
   2765      1.1     skrll 	 GOT field still has a reference count when we get here; it's
   2766      1.1     skrll 	 not yet changed to an offset.  We can't do this for an
   2767      1.1     skrll 	 executable, because then the reloc associated with the PLT
   2768      1.1     skrll 	 would get a non-PLT reloc pointing to the PLT.  FIXME: Move
   2769      1.1     skrll 	 this to elf_cris_try_fold_plt_to_got.  */
   2770      1.1     skrll       if (bfd_link_pic (info) && h->got.refcount > 0)
   2771      1.1     skrll 	{
   2772      1.1     skrll 	  h->got.refcount += h->plt.refcount;
   2773      1.1     skrll 
   2774      1.1     skrll 	  /* Mark the PLT offset to use the GOT entry by setting the low
   2775      1.1     skrll 	     bit in the plt offset; it is always a multiple of
   2776      1.1     skrll 	     plt_entry_size (which is at least a multiple of 2).  */
   2777      1.1     skrll 	  BFD_ASSERT ((s->size % plt_entry_size) == 0);
   2778      1.1     skrll 
   2779      1.1     skrll 	  /* Change the PLT refcount to an offset.  */
   2780      1.1     skrll 	  h->plt.offset = s->size;
   2781      1.1     skrll 
   2782      1.1     skrll 	  /* By not setting gotplt_offset (i.e. it remains at 0), we signal
   2783      1.1     skrll 	     that the got entry should be used instead.  */
   2784      1.1     skrll 	  BFD_ASSERT (((struct elf_cris_link_hash_entry *)
   2785      1.1     skrll 		       h)->gotplt_offset == 0);
   2786      1.1     skrll 
   2787      1.1     skrll 	  /* Make room for this entry.  */
   2788      1.1     skrll 	  s->size += plt_entry_size;
   2789      1.1     skrll 
   2790      1.1     skrll 	  return TRUE;
   2791      1.1     skrll 	}
   2792      1.1     skrll 
   2793  1.1.1.2  christos       /* No GOT reference for this symbol; prepare for an ordinary PLT.  */
   2794  1.1.1.2  christos       h->plt.offset = s->size;
   2795      1.1     skrll 
   2796  1.1.1.6  christos       /* Make room for this entry.  */
   2797      1.1     skrll       s->size += plt_entry_size;
   2798      1.1     skrll 
   2799      1.1     skrll       /* We also need to make an entry in the .got.plt section, which
   2800      1.1     skrll 	 will be placed in the .got section by the linker script.  */
   2801      1.1     skrll       ((struct elf_cris_link_hash_entry *) h)->gotplt_offset
   2802  1.1.1.6  christos 	= htab->next_gotplt_entry;
   2803      1.1     skrll       htab->next_gotplt_entry += 4;
   2804      1.1     skrll 
   2805      1.1     skrll       s = htab->root.sgotplt;
   2806      1.1     skrll       BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
   2807      1.1     skrll       s->size += 4;
   2808      1.1     skrll 
   2809      1.1     skrll       /* We also need to make an entry in the .rela.plt section.  */
   2810      1.1     skrll 
   2811      1.1     skrll       s = htab->root.srelplt;
   2812      1.1     skrll       BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
   2813      1.1     skrll       s->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
   2814      1.1     skrll 
   2815      1.1     skrll       return TRUE;
   2816  1.1.1.6  christos     }
   2817      1.1     skrll 
   2818  1.1.1.6  christos   /* Reinitialize the plt offset now that it is not used as a reference
   2819  1.1.1.6  christos      count any more.  */
   2820  1.1.1.6  christos   h->plt.offset = (bfd_vma) -1;
   2821  1.1.1.6  christos 
   2822      1.1     skrll   /* If this is a weak symbol, and there is a real definition, the
   2823      1.1     skrll      processor independent code will have arranged for us to see the
   2824      1.1     skrll      real definition first, and we can just use the same value.  */
   2825      1.1     skrll   if (h->is_weakalias)
   2826      1.1     skrll     {
   2827      1.1     skrll       struct elf_link_hash_entry *def = weakdef (h);
   2828      1.1     skrll       BFD_ASSERT (def->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined);
   2829      1.1     skrll       h->root.u.def.section = def->root.u.def.section;
   2830      1.1     skrll       h->root.u.def.value = def->root.u.def.value;
   2831      1.1     skrll       return TRUE;
   2832  1.1.1.4  christos     }
   2833      1.1     skrll 
   2834      1.1     skrll   /* This is a reference to a symbol defined by a dynamic object which
   2835      1.1     skrll      is not a function.  */
   2836      1.1     skrll 
   2837      1.1     skrll   /* If we are creating a shared library, we must presume that the
   2838      1.1     skrll      only references to the symbol are via the global offset table.
   2839      1.1     skrll      For such cases we need not do anything here; the relocations will
   2840      1.1     skrll      be handled correctly by relocate_section.  */
   2841      1.1     skrll   if (bfd_link_pic (info))
   2842      1.1     skrll     return TRUE;
   2843      1.1     skrll 
   2844      1.1     skrll   /* If there are no references to this symbol that do not use the
   2845      1.1     skrll      GOT, we don't need to generate a copy reloc.  */
   2846      1.1     skrll   if (!h->non_got_ref)
   2847      1.1     skrll     return TRUE;
   2848      1.1     skrll 
   2849      1.1     skrll   /* We must allocate the symbol in our .dynbss section, which will
   2850      1.1     skrll      become part of the .bss section of the executable.  There will be
   2851      1.1     skrll      an entry for this symbol in the .dynsym section.  The dynamic
   2852      1.1     skrll      object will contain position independent code, so all references
   2853      1.1     skrll      from the dynamic object to this symbol will go through the global
   2854  1.1.1.6  christos      offset table.  The dynamic linker will use the .dynsym entry to
   2855  1.1.1.6  christos      determine the address it must put in the global offset table, so
   2856  1.1.1.6  christos      both the dynamic object and the regular object will refer to the
   2857  1.1.1.6  christos      same memory location for the variable.  */
   2858  1.1.1.6  christos 
   2859  1.1.1.6  christos   /* We must generate a R_CRIS_COPY reloc to tell the dynamic linker to
   2860  1.1.1.6  christos      copy the initial value out of the dynamic object and into the
   2861  1.1.1.6  christos      runtime process image.  We need to remember the offset into the
   2862  1.1.1.6  christos      .rela.bss section we are going to use.  */
   2863  1.1.1.6  christos 
   2864  1.1.1.6  christos   if ((h->root.u.def.section->flags & SEC_READONLY) != 0)
   2865  1.1.1.3  christos     {
   2866      1.1     skrll       s = htab->root.sdynrelro;
   2867      1.1     skrll       srel = htab->root.sreldynrelro;
   2868      1.1     skrll     }
   2869      1.1     skrll   else
   2870      1.1     skrll     {
   2871      1.1     skrll       s = htab->root.sdynbss;
   2872  1.1.1.6  christos       srel = htab->root.srelbss;
   2873  1.1.1.6  christos     }
   2874  1.1.1.4  christos   if ((h->root.u.def.section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0 && h->size != 0)
   2875      1.1     skrll     {
   2876      1.1     skrll       BFD_ASSERT (srel != NULL);
   2877  1.1.1.2  christos       srel->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
   2878  1.1.1.2  christos       h->needs_copy = 1;
   2879  1.1.1.2  christos     }
   2880  1.1.1.2  christos 
   2881  1.1.1.2  christos   BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
   2882  1.1.1.2  christos 
   2883  1.1.1.2  christos   return _bfd_elf_adjust_dynamic_copy (info, h, s);
   2884  1.1.1.2  christos }
   2885  1.1.1.2  christos 
   2886  1.1.1.2  christos /* Adjust our "subclass" elements for an indirect symbol.  */
   2887  1.1.1.2  christos 
   2888  1.1.1.2  christos static void
   2889  1.1.1.2  christos elf_cris_copy_indirect_symbol (struct bfd_link_info *info,
   2890  1.1.1.2  christos 			       struct elf_link_hash_entry *dir,
   2891  1.1.1.2  christos 			       struct elf_link_hash_entry *ind)
   2892  1.1.1.2  christos {
   2893  1.1.1.2  christos   struct elf_cris_link_hash_entry *edir, *eind;
   2894  1.1.1.2  christos 
   2895  1.1.1.2  christos   edir = (struct elf_cris_link_hash_entry *) dir;
   2896  1.1.1.2  christos   eind = (struct elf_cris_link_hash_entry *) ind;
   2897  1.1.1.2  christos 
   2898  1.1.1.2  christos   /* Only indirect symbols are replaced; we're not interested in
   2899  1.1.1.2  christos      updating any of EIND's fields for other symbols.  */
   2900  1.1.1.2  christos   if (eind->root.root.type != bfd_link_hash_indirect)
   2901  1.1.1.2  christos     {
   2902  1.1.1.2  christos       /* Still, we need to copy flags for e.g. weak definitions.  */
   2903  1.1.1.2  christos       _bfd_elf_link_hash_copy_indirect (info, dir, ind);
   2904  1.1.1.2  christos       return;
   2905  1.1.1.2  christos     }
   2906  1.1.1.2  christos 
   2907  1.1.1.2  christos   BFD_ASSERT (edir->gotplt_offset == 0 || eind->gotplt_offset == 0);
   2908  1.1.1.2  christos 
   2909  1.1.1.2  christos #define XMOVOPZ(F, OP, Z) edir->F OP eind->F; eind->F = Z
   2910  1.1.1.2  christos #define XMOVE(F) XMOVOPZ (F, +=, 0)
   2911  1.1.1.2  christos   if (eind->pcrel_relocs_copied != NULL)
   2912  1.1.1.2  christos     {
   2913  1.1.1.2  christos       if (edir->pcrel_relocs_copied != NULL)
   2914  1.1.1.2  christos 	{
   2915  1.1.1.2  christos 	  struct elf_cris_pcrel_relocs_copied **pp;
   2916  1.1.1.2  christos 	  struct elf_cris_pcrel_relocs_copied *p;
   2917  1.1.1.2  christos 
   2918  1.1.1.2  christos 	  /* Add reloc counts against the indirect sym to the direct sym
   2919  1.1.1.2  christos 	     list.  Merge any entries against the same section.  */
   2920  1.1.1.2  christos 	  for (pp = &eind->pcrel_relocs_copied; *pp != NULL;)
   2921  1.1.1.2  christos 	    {
   2922  1.1.1.2  christos 	      struct elf_cris_pcrel_relocs_copied *q;
   2923  1.1.1.2  christos 	      p = *pp;
   2924  1.1.1.2  christos 	      for (q = edir->pcrel_relocs_copied; q != NULL; q = q->next)
   2925  1.1.1.2  christos 		if (q->section == p->section)
   2926  1.1.1.2  christos 		  {
   2927  1.1.1.2  christos 		    q->count += p->count;
   2928  1.1.1.2  christos 		    *pp = p->next;
   2929  1.1.1.2  christos 		    break;
   2930  1.1.1.2  christos 		  }
   2931  1.1.1.2  christos 	      if (q == NULL)
   2932  1.1.1.2  christos 		pp = &p->next;
   2933  1.1.1.2  christos 	    }
   2934  1.1.1.2  christos 	  *pp = edir->pcrel_relocs_copied;
   2935  1.1.1.2  christos 	}
   2936  1.1.1.2  christos       XMOVOPZ (pcrel_relocs_copied, =, NULL);
   2937  1.1.1.2  christos     }
   2938  1.1.1.2  christos   XMOVE (gotplt_refcount);
   2939  1.1.1.2  christos   XMOVE (gotplt_offset);
   2940      1.1     skrll   XMOVE (reg_got_refcount);
   2941      1.1     skrll   XMOVE (tprel_refcount);
   2942      1.1     skrll   XMOVE (dtp_refcount);
   2943  1.1.1.2  christos #undef XMOVE
   2944  1.1.1.2  christos #undef XMOVOPZ
   2945  1.1.1.2  christos 
   2946  1.1.1.2  christos   _bfd_elf_link_hash_copy_indirect (info, dir, ind);
   2947      1.1     skrll }
   2948  1.1.1.2  christos 
   2949      1.1     skrll /* Look through the relocs for a section during the first phase.  */
   2950      1.1     skrll 
   2951      1.1     skrll static bfd_boolean
   2952      1.1     skrll cris_elf_check_relocs (bfd *abfd,
   2953      1.1     skrll 		       struct bfd_link_info *info,
   2954      1.1     skrll 		       asection *sec,
   2955      1.1     skrll 		       const Elf_Internal_Rela *relocs)
   2956      1.1     skrll {
   2957      1.1     skrll   struct elf_cris_link_hash_table * htab;
   2958      1.1     skrll   bfd *dynobj;
   2959  1.1.1.4  christos   Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
   2960      1.1     skrll   struct elf_link_hash_entry **sym_hashes;
   2961      1.1     skrll   bfd_signed_vma *local_got_refcounts;
   2962  1.1.1.2  christos   const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel;
   2963  1.1.1.2  christos   const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel_end;
   2964  1.1.1.2  christos   asection *sgot;
   2965  1.1.1.2  christos   asection *srelgot;
   2966      1.1     skrll   asection *sreloc;
   2967      1.1     skrll 
   2968      1.1     skrll   if (bfd_link_relocatable (info))
   2969      1.1     skrll     return TRUE;
   2970      1.1     skrll 
   2971      1.1     skrll   htab = elf_cris_hash_table (info);
   2972      1.1     skrll   if (htab == NULL)
   2973      1.1     skrll     return FALSE;
   2974      1.1     skrll 
   2975      1.1     skrll   dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj;
   2976      1.1     skrll   symtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr;
   2977      1.1     skrll   sym_hashes = elf_sym_hashes (abfd);
   2978      1.1     skrll   local_got_refcounts = elf_local_got_refcounts (abfd);
   2979      1.1     skrll 
   2980      1.1     skrll   sgot = NULL;
   2981  1.1.1.2  christos   srelgot = NULL;
   2982  1.1.1.2  christos   sreloc = NULL;
   2983      1.1     skrll 
   2984      1.1     skrll   rel_end = relocs + sec->reloc_count;
   2985      1.1     skrll   for (rel = relocs; rel < rel_end; rel++)
   2986  1.1.1.2  christos     {
   2987  1.1.1.2  christos       struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
   2988  1.1.1.2  christos       unsigned long r_symndx;
   2989  1.1.1.2  christos       enum elf_cris_reloc_type r_type;
   2990      1.1     skrll       bfd_signed_vma got_element_size = 4;
   2991      1.1     skrll       unsigned long r_symndx_lgot = INT_MAX;
   2992      1.1     skrll 
   2993      1.1     skrll       r_symndx = ELF32_R_SYM (rel->r_info);
   2994      1.1     skrll       if (r_symndx < symtab_hdr->sh_info)
   2995      1.1     skrll 	{
   2996      1.1     skrll 	  h = NULL;
   2997      1.1     skrll 	  r_symndx_lgot = LGOT_REG_NDX (r_symndx);
   2998      1.1     skrll 	}
   2999      1.1     skrll       else
   3000      1.1     skrll 	{
   3001      1.1     skrll 	  h = sym_hashes[r_symndx - symtab_hdr->sh_info];
   3002      1.1     skrll 	  while (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect
   3003      1.1     skrll 		 || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning)
   3004  1.1.1.2  christos 	    h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.u.i.link;
   3005  1.1.1.2  christos 	}
   3006  1.1.1.2  christos 
   3007  1.1.1.2  christos       r_type = ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info);
   3008  1.1.1.2  christos 
   3009  1.1.1.2  christos       /* Some relocs require linker-created sections; we need to hang them
   3010  1.1.1.2  christos 	 on the first input bfd we found that contained dynamic relocs.  */
   3011  1.1.1.2  christos       switch (r_type)
   3012  1.1.1.2  christos 	{
   3013  1.1.1.2  christos 	case R_CRIS_32_DTPREL:
   3014  1.1.1.2  christos 	  if ((sec->flags & SEC_ALLOC) == 0)
   3015  1.1.1.2  christos 	    /* This'd be a .dtpreld entry in e.g. debug info.  We have
   3016  1.1.1.2  christos 	       several different switch statements below, but none of
   3017  1.1.1.2  christos 	       that is needed; we need no preparations for resolving
   3018  1.1.1.2  christos 	       R_CRIS_32_DTPREL into a non-allocated section (debug
   3019  1.1.1.2  christos 	       info), so let's just move on to the next
   3020  1.1.1.2  christos 	       relocation.  */
   3021  1.1.1.2  christos 	    continue;
   3022  1.1.1.2  christos 	  /* Fall through.  */
   3023  1.1.1.2  christos 	case R_CRIS_16_DTPREL:
   3024  1.1.1.2  christos 	  /* The first .got.plt entry is right after the R_CRIS_DTPMOD
   3025  1.1.1.2  christos 	     entry at index 3. */
   3026  1.1.1.2  christos 	  if (htab->dtpmod_refcount == 0)
   3027  1.1.1.2  christos 	    htab->next_gotplt_entry += 8;
   3028  1.1.1.2  christos 
   3029      1.1     skrll 	  htab->dtpmod_refcount++;
   3030      1.1     skrll 	  /* Fall through.  */
   3031      1.1     skrll 
   3032      1.1     skrll 	case R_CRIS_32_IE:
   3033      1.1     skrll 	case R_CRIS_32_GD:
   3034      1.1     skrll 	case R_CRIS_16_GOT_GD:
   3035      1.1     skrll 	case R_CRIS_32_GOT_GD:
   3036      1.1     skrll 	case R_CRIS_32_GOT_TPREL:
   3037      1.1     skrll 	case R_CRIS_16_GOT_TPREL:
   3038      1.1     skrll 	case R_CRIS_16_GOT:
   3039      1.1     skrll 	case R_CRIS_32_GOT:
   3040      1.1     skrll 	case R_CRIS_32_GOTREL:
   3041      1.1     skrll 	case R_CRIS_32_PLT_GOTREL:
   3042      1.1     skrll 	case R_CRIS_32_PLT_PCREL:
   3043      1.1     skrll 	case R_CRIS_16_GOTPLT:
   3044      1.1     skrll 	case R_CRIS_32_GOTPLT:
   3045  1.1.1.6  christos 	  if (dynobj == NULL)
   3046  1.1.1.6  christos 	    {
   3047  1.1.1.6  christos 	      elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj = dynobj = abfd;
   3048      1.1     skrll 
   3049      1.1     skrll 	      /* We could handle this if we can get a handle on the
   3050      1.1     skrll 		 output bfd in elf_cris_adjust_dynamic_symbol.  Failing
   3051      1.1     skrll 		 that, we must insist on dynobj being a specific mach.  */
   3052  1.1.1.4  christos 	      if (bfd_get_mach (dynobj) == bfd_mach_cris_v10_v32)
   3053      1.1     skrll 		{
   3054  1.1.1.4  christos 		  _bfd_error_handler
   3055  1.1.1.4  christos 		    /* xgettext:c-format */
   3056  1.1.1.4  christos 		    (_("%B, section %A:\n  v10/v32 compatible object"
   3057  1.1.1.4  christos 		       " must not contain a PIC relocation"),
   3058  1.1.1.4  christos 		     abfd, sec);
   3059  1.1.1.4  christos 		  return FALSE;
   3060  1.1.1.4  christos 		}
   3061      1.1     skrll 	    }
   3062      1.1     skrll 
   3063  1.1.1.2  christos 	  if (sgot == NULL)
   3064  1.1.1.6  christos 	    {
   3065  1.1.1.6  christos 	      /* We may have a dynobj but no .got section, if machine-
   3066  1.1.1.4  christos 		 independent parts of the linker found a reason to create
   3067  1.1.1.2  christos 		 a dynobj.  We want to create the .got section now, so we
   3068  1.1.1.2  christos 		 can assume it's always present whenever there's a dynobj.
   3069  1.1.1.2  christos 		 It's ok to call this function more than once.  */
   3070  1.1.1.2  christos 	      if (!_bfd_elf_create_got_section (dynobj, info))
   3071  1.1.1.2  christos 		return FALSE;
   3072  1.1.1.2  christos 
   3073  1.1.1.2  christos 	      sgot = elf_hash_table (info)->sgot;
   3074  1.1.1.2  christos 	      srelgot = elf_hash_table (info)->srelgot;
   3075  1.1.1.2  christos 	    }
   3076  1.1.1.2  christos 
   3077  1.1.1.2  christos 	  if (local_got_refcounts == NULL)
   3078  1.1.1.2  christos 	    {
   3079  1.1.1.2  christos 	      bfd_size_type amt;
   3080  1.1.1.2  christos 
   3081  1.1.1.2  christos 	      /* We use index local_got_refcounts[-1] to count all
   3082  1.1.1.2  christos 		 GOT-relative relocations that do not have explicit
   3083  1.1.1.2  christos 		 GOT entries.  */
   3084      1.1     skrll 	      amt = LGOT_ALLOC_NELTS_FOR (symtab_hdr->sh_info) + 1;
   3085      1.1     skrll 	      amt *= sizeof (bfd_signed_vma);
   3086      1.1     skrll 	      local_got_refcounts = ((bfd_signed_vma *) bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt));
   3087      1.1     skrll 	      if (local_got_refcounts == NULL)
   3088      1.1     skrll 		return FALSE;
   3089      1.1     skrll 
   3090  1.1.1.2  christos 	      local_got_refcounts++;
   3091  1.1.1.2  christos 	      elf_local_got_refcounts (abfd) = local_got_refcounts;
   3092  1.1.1.2  christos 	    }
   3093  1.1.1.2  christos 	  break;
   3094  1.1.1.2  christos 
   3095  1.1.1.2  christos 	default:
   3096  1.1.1.2  christos 	  break;
   3097  1.1.1.4  christos 	}
   3098      1.1     skrll 
   3099  1.1.1.6  christos       /* Warn and error for invalid input.  */
   3100  1.1.1.6  christos       switch (r_type)
   3101  1.1.1.2  christos 	{
   3102  1.1.1.2  christos 	case R_CRIS_32_IE:
   3103  1.1.1.2  christos 	case R_CRIS_32_TPREL:
   3104  1.1.1.2  christos 	case R_CRIS_16_TPREL:
   3105  1.1.1.2  christos 	case R_CRIS_32_GD:
   3106  1.1.1.2  christos 	  if (bfd_link_pic (info))
   3107  1.1.1.2  christos 	    {
   3108  1.1.1.2  christos 	      _bfd_error_handler
   3109  1.1.1.2  christos 		/* xgettext:c-format */
   3110  1.1.1.2  christos 		(_("%B, section %A:\n  relocation %s not valid"
   3111  1.1.1.2  christos 		   " in a shared object;"
   3112  1.1.1.2  christos 		   " typically an option mixup, recompile with -fPIC"),
   3113  1.1.1.2  christos 		 abfd,
   3114      1.1     skrll 		 sec,
   3115  1.1.1.2  christos 		 cris_elf_howto_table[r_type].name);
   3116  1.1.1.2  christos 	      /* Don't return FALSE here; we want messages for all of
   3117  1.1.1.2  christos 		 these and the error behavior is ungraceful
   3118  1.1.1.2  christos 		 anyway.  */
   3119  1.1.1.2  christos 	    }
   3120  1.1.1.2  christos 	default:
   3121  1.1.1.2  christos 	  break;
   3122  1.1.1.2  christos 	}
   3123  1.1.1.2  christos 
   3124      1.1     skrll       switch (r_type)
   3125  1.1.1.2  christos 	{
   3126  1.1.1.2  christos 	case R_CRIS_32_GD:
   3127  1.1.1.2  christos 	case R_CRIS_16_GOT_GD:
   3128  1.1.1.2  christos 	case R_CRIS_32_GOT_GD:
   3129  1.1.1.2  christos 	  /* These are requests for tls_index entries, run-time R_CRIS_DTP.  */
   3130  1.1.1.2  christos 	  got_element_size = 8;
   3131  1.1.1.2  christos 	  r_symndx_lgot = LGOT_DTP_NDX (r_symndx);
   3132  1.1.1.2  christos 	  break;
   3133  1.1.1.2  christos 
   3134  1.1.1.2  christos 	case R_CRIS_16_DTPREL:
   3135  1.1.1.2  christos 	case R_CRIS_32_DTPREL:
   3136  1.1.1.2  christos 	  /* These two just request for the constant-index
   3137  1.1.1.2  christos 	     module-local tls_index-sized GOT entry, which we add
   3138  1.1.1.2  christos 	     elsewhere.  */
   3139  1.1.1.2  christos 	  break;
   3140  1.1.1.4  christos 
   3141  1.1.1.2  christos 	case R_CRIS_32_IE:
   3142      1.1     skrll 	case R_CRIS_32_GOT_TPREL:
   3143      1.1     skrll 	case R_CRIS_16_GOT_TPREL:
   3144  1.1.1.2  christos 	  r_symndx_lgot = LGOT_TPREL_NDX (r_symndx);
   3145  1.1.1.2  christos 
   3146  1.1.1.2  christos 	  /* Those relocs also require that a DSO is of type
   3147  1.1.1.2  christos 	     Initial Exec.  Like other targets, we don't reset this
   3148      1.1     skrll 	     flag even if the relocs are GC:ed away.  */
   3149      1.1     skrll 	  if (bfd_link_pic (info))
   3150      1.1     skrll 	    info->flags |= DF_STATIC_TLS;
   3151      1.1     skrll 	  break;
   3152      1.1     skrll 
   3153  1.1.1.6  christos 	  /* Let's list the other assembler-generated TLS-relocs too,
   3154      1.1     skrll 	     just to show that they're not forgotten. */
   3155      1.1     skrll 	case R_CRIS_16_TPREL:
   3156      1.1     skrll 	case R_CRIS_32_TPREL:
   3157      1.1     skrll 	default:
   3158      1.1     skrll 	  break;
   3159      1.1     skrll 	}
   3160      1.1     skrll 
   3161  1.1.1.2  christos       switch (r_type)
   3162      1.1     skrll 	{
   3163      1.1     skrll 	case R_CRIS_16_GOTPLT:
   3164      1.1     skrll 	case R_CRIS_32_GOTPLT:
   3165      1.1     skrll 	  /* Mark that we need a GOT entry if the PLT entry (and its GOT
   3166      1.1     skrll 	     entry) is eliminated.  We can only do this for a non-local
   3167      1.1     skrll 	     symbol.  */
   3168  1.1.1.2  christos 	  if (h != NULL)
   3169  1.1.1.2  christos 	    {
   3170  1.1.1.2  christos 	      elf_cris_hash_entry (h)->gotplt_refcount++;
   3171  1.1.1.2  christos 	      goto handle_gotplt_reloc;
   3172  1.1.1.2  christos 	    }
   3173  1.1.1.2  christos 	  /* If h is NULL then this is a local symbol, and we must make a
   3174      1.1     skrll 	     GOT entry for it, so handle it like a GOT reloc.  */
   3175      1.1     skrll 	  /* Fall through.  */
   3176      1.1     skrll 
   3177      1.1     skrll 	case R_CRIS_32_IE:
   3178      1.1     skrll 	case R_CRIS_32_GD:
   3179      1.1     skrll 	case R_CRIS_16_GOT_GD:
   3180      1.1     skrll 	case R_CRIS_32_GOT_GD:
   3181      1.1     skrll 	case R_CRIS_32_GOT_TPREL:
   3182      1.1     skrll 	case R_CRIS_16_GOT_TPREL:
   3183      1.1     skrll 	case R_CRIS_16_GOT:
   3184      1.1     skrll 	case R_CRIS_32_GOT:
   3185      1.1     skrll 	  /* This symbol requires a global offset table entry.  */
   3186      1.1     skrll 	  if (h != NULL)
   3187      1.1     skrll 	    {
   3188  1.1.1.2  christos 	      if (h->got.refcount == 0)
   3189  1.1.1.2  christos 		{
   3190      1.1     skrll 		  /* Make sure this symbol is output as a dynamic symbol.  */
   3191  1.1.1.2  christos 		  if (h->dynindx == -1)
   3192  1.1.1.2  christos 		    {
   3193  1.1.1.2  christos 		      if (!bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h))
   3194  1.1.1.2  christos 			return FALSE;
   3195  1.1.1.2  christos 		    }
   3196  1.1.1.2  christos 		}
   3197  1.1.1.2  christos 
   3198  1.1.1.2  christos 	      /* Update the sum of reloc counts for this symbol.  */
   3199  1.1.1.2  christos 	      h->got.refcount++;
   3200  1.1.1.2  christos 
   3201  1.1.1.2  christos 	      switch (r_type)
   3202  1.1.1.2  christos 		{
   3203  1.1.1.2  christos 		case R_CRIS_16_GOT:
   3204  1.1.1.2  christos 		case R_CRIS_32_GOT:
   3205  1.1.1.2  christos 		  if (elf_cris_hash_entry (h)->reg_got_refcount == 0)
   3206  1.1.1.2  christos 		    {
   3207  1.1.1.2  christos 		      /* Allocate space in the .got section.  */
   3208  1.1.1.2  christos 		      sgot->size += got_element_size;
   3209  1.1.1.2  christos 		      /* Allocate relocation space.  */
   3210  1.1.1.2  christos 		      srelgot->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
   3211  1.1.1.2  christos 		    }
   3212  1.1.1.2  christos 		  elf_cris_hash_entry (h)->reg_got_refcount++;
   3213  1.1.1.2  christos 		  break;
   3214  1.1.1.2  christos 
   3215  1.1.1.2  christos 		case R_CRIS_32_GD:
   3216  1.1.1.2  christos 		case R_CRIS_16_GOT_GD:
   3217  1.1.1.2  christos 		case R_CRIS_32_GOT_GD:
   3218  1.1.1.2  christos 		  if (elf_cris_hash_entry (h)->dtp_refcount == 0)
   3219  1.1.1.2  christos 		    {
   3220  1.1.1.2  christos 		      /* Allocate space in the .got section.  */
   3221  1.1.1.2  christos 		      sgot->size += got_element_size;
   3222  1.1.1.2  christos 		      /* Allocate relocation space.  */
   3223  1.1.1.2  christos 		      srelgot->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
   3224  1.1.1.2  christos 		    }
   3225  1.1.1.2  christos 		  elf_cris_hash_entry (h)->dtp_refcount++;
   3226  1.1.1.2  christos 		  break;
   3227  1.1.1.2  christos 
   3228  1.1.1.2  christos 		case R_CRIS_32_IE:
   3229  1.1.1.2  christos 		case R_CRIS_32_GOT_TPREL:
   3230  1.1.1.2  christos 		case R_CRIS_16_GOT_TPREL:
   3231  1.1.1.2  christos 		  if (elf_cris_hash_entry (h)->tprel_refcount == 0)
   3232  1.1.1.2  christos 		    {
   3233  1.1.1.2  christos 		      /* Allocate space in the .got section.  */
   3234  1.1.1.2  christos 		      sgot->size += got_element_size;
   3235  1.1.1.2  christos 		      /* Allocate relocation space.  */
   3236      1.1     skrll 		      srelgot->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
   3237      1.1     skrll 		    }
   3238      1.1     skrll 		  elf_cris_hash_entry (h)->tprel_refcount++;
   3239      1.1     skrll 		  break;
   3240  1.1.1.2  christos 
   3241      1.1     skrll 		default:
   3242  1.1.1.2  christos 		  BFD_FAIL ();
   3243  1.1.1.4  christos 		  break;
   3244      1.1     skrll 		}
   3245  1.1.1.2  christos 	    }
   3246  1.1.1.2  christos 	  else
   3247  1.1.1.2  christos 	    {
   3248  1.1.1.2  christos 	      /* This is a global offset table entry for a local symbol.  */
   3249      1.1     skrll 	      if (local_got_refcounts[r_symndx_lgot] == 0)
   3250      1.1     skrll 		{
   3251      1.1     skrll 		  sgot->size += got_element_size;
   3252  1.1.1.2  christos 		  if (bfd_link_pic (info))
   3253  1.1.1.2  christos 		    {
   3254  1.1.1.2  christos 		      /* If we are generating a shared object, we need
   3255  1.1.1.2  christos 			 to output a R_CRIS_RELATIVE reloc so that the
   3256      1.1     skrll 			 dynamic linker can adjust this GOT entry.
   3257      1.1     skrll 			 Similarly for non-regular got entries.  */
   3258      1.1     skrll 		      srelgot->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
   3259      1.1     skrll 		    }
   3260  1.1.1.2  christos 		}
   3261  1.1.1.2  christos 	      /* Update the reloc-specific count.  */
   3262      1.1     skrll 	      local_got_refcounts[r_symndx_lgot]++;
   3263      1.1     skrll 
   3264      1.1     skrll 	      /* This one is the sum of all the others.  */
   3265      1.1     skrll 	      local_got_refcounts[r_symndx]++;
   3266      1.1     skrll 	    }
   3267      1.1     skrll 	  break;
   3268      1.1     skrll 
   3269      1.1     skrll 	case R_CRIS_16_DTPREL:
   3270      1.1     skrll 	case R_CRIS_32_DTPREL:
   3271      1.1     skrll 	case R_CRIS_32_GOTREL:
   3272      1.1     skrll 	  /* This reference requires a global offset table.
   3273      1.1     skrll 	     FIXME: The actual refcount isn't used currently; the .got
   3274      1.1     skrll 	     section can't be removed if there were any references in the
   3275      1.1     skrll 	     input.  */
   3276      1.1     skrll 	  local_got_refcounts[-1]++;
   3277      1.1     skrll 	  break;
   3278      1.1     skrll 
   3279      1.1     skrll 	handle_gotplt_reloc:
   3280  1.1.1.6  christos 
   3281  1.1.1.6  christos 	case R_CRIS_32_PLT_GOTREL:
   3282  1.1.1.6  christos 	  /* This reference requires a global offset table.  */
   3283  1.1.1.6  christos 	  local_got_refcounts[-1]++;
   3284      1.1     skrll 	  /* Fall through.  */
   3285      1.1     skrll 
   3286      1.1     skrll 	case R_CRIS_32_PLT_PCREL:
   3287      1.1     skrll 	  /* This symbol requires a procedure linkage table entry.  We
   3288      1.1     skrll 	     actually build the entry in adjust_dynamic_symbol,
   3289      1.1     skrll 	     because this might be a case of linking PIC code which is
   3290      1.1     skrll 	     never referenced by a dynamic object, in which case we
   3291      1.1     skrll 	     don't need to generate a procedure linkage table entry
   3292      1.1     skrll 	     after all.  */
   3293      1.1     skrll 
   3294      1.1     skrll 	  /* Beware: if we'd check for visibility of the symbol here
   3295  1.1.1.6  christos 	     (and not marking the need for a PLT when non-visible), we'd
   3296  1.1.1.6  christos 	     get into trouble with keeping handling consistent with
   3297  1.1.1.6  christos 	     regards to relocs found before definition and GOTPLT
   3298  1.1.1.6  christos 	     handling.  Eliminable PLT entries will be dealt with later
   3299      1.1     skrll 	     anyway.  */
   3300      1.1     skrll 	  if (h == NULL)
   3301      1.1     skrll 	    continue;
   3302      1.1     skrll 
   3303      1.1     skrll 	  h->needs_plt = 1;
   3304      1.1     skrll 
   3305  1.1.1.2  christos 	  /* If the symbol is forced local, the refcount is unavailable.  */
   3306  1.1.1.2  christos 	  if (h->plt.refcount != -1)
   3307  1.1.1.2  christos 	    h->plt.refcount++;
   3308  1.1.1.2  christos 	  break;
   3309  1.1.1.2  christos 
   3310  1.1.1.2  christos 	case R_CRIS_8:
   3311  1.1.1.2  christos 	case R_CRIS_16:
   3312  1.1.1.4  christos 	case R_CRIS_32:
   3313      1.1     skrll 	  /* Let's help debug shared library creation.  Any of these
   3314      1.1     skrll 	     relocs *can* be used in shared libs, but pages containing
   3315      1.1     skrll 	     them cannot be shared, so they're not appropriate for
   3316      1.1     skrll 	     common use.  Don't warn for sections we don't care about,
   3317  1.1.1.6  christos 	     such as debug sections or non-constant sections.  We
   3318  1.1.1.6  christos 	     can't help tables of (global) function pointers, for
   3319      1.1     skrll 	     example, though they must be emitted in a (writable) data
   3320      1.1     skrll 	     section to avoid having impure text sections.  */
   3321      1.1     skrll 	  if (bfd_link_pic (info)
   3322      1.1     skrll 	      && (sec->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0
   3323      1.1     skrll 	      && (sec->flags & SEC_READONLY) != 0)
   3324      1.1     skrll 	    {
   3325  1.1.1.3  christos 	      /* FIXME: How do we make this optionally a warning only?  */
   3326  1.1.1.3  christos 	      _bfd_error_handler
   3327  1.1.1.3  christos 		/* xgettext:c-format */
   3328  1.1.1.3  christos 		(_("%B, section %A:\n  relocation %s should not"
   3329  1.1.1.3  christos 		   " be used in a shared object; recompile with -fPIC"),
   3330  1.1.1.3  christos 		 abfd,
   3331  1.1.1.2  christos 		 sec,
   3332  1.1.1.2  christos 		 cris_elf_howto_table[r_type].name);
   3333  1.1.1.2  christos 	    }
   3334  1.1.1.2  christos 
   3335  1.1.1.2  christos 	  /* We don't need to handle relocs into sections not going into
   3336  1.1.1.2  christos 	     the "real" output.  */
   3337  1.1.1.2  christos 	  if ((sec->flags & SEC_ALLOC) == 0)
   3338  1.1.1.2  christos 	    break;
   3339  1.1.1.2  christos 
   3340  1.1.1.2  christos 	  if (h != NULL)
   3341  1.1.1.2  christos 	    {
   3342  1.1.1.2  christos 	      h->non_got_ref = 1;
   3343  1.1.1.2  christos 
   3344  1.1.1.2  christos 	      /* Make sure a plt entry is created for this symbol if it
   3345  1.1.1.2  christos 		 turns out to be a function defined by a dynamic object.  */
   3346  1.1.1.2  christos 	      if (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) == STV_DEFAULT)
   3347  1.1.1.2  christos 		h->plt.refcount++;
   3348  1.1.1.2  christos 	    }
   3349  1.1.1.2  christos 
   3350  1.1.1.2  christos 	  /* If we are creating a shared library and this is not a local
   3351  1.1.1.2  christos 	     symbol, we need to copy the reloc into the shared library.
   3352  1.1.1.2  christos 	     However when linking with -Bsymbolic and this is a global
   3353  1.1.1.2  christos 	     symbol which is defined in an object we are including in the
   3354  1.1.1.2  christos 	     link (i.e., DEF_REGULAR is set), then we can resolve the
   3355  1.1.1.2  christos 	     reloc directly.  At this point we have not seen all the input
   3356  1.1.1.2  christos 	     files, so it is possible that DEF_REGULAR is not set now but
   3357  1.1.1.6  christos 	     will be set later (it is never cleared).  In case of a weak
   3358  1.1.1.6  christos 	     definition, DEF_REGULAR may be cleared later by a strong
   3359  1.1.1.2  christos 	     definition in a shared library.  We account for that
   3360  1.1.1.2  christos 	     possibility below by storing information in the relocs_copied
   3361  1.1.1.2  christos 	     field of the hash table entry.  A similar situation occurs
   3362  1.1.1.2  christos 	     when creating shared libraries and symbol visibility changes
   3363  1.1.1.2  christos 	     render the symbol local.  */
   3364  1.1.1.2  christos 
   3365  1.1.1.2  christos 	  /* No need to do anything if we're not creating a shared object.  */
   3366  1.1.1.2  christos 	  if (! bfd_link_pic (info)
   3367  1.1.1.2  christos 	      || UNDEFWEAK_NO_DYNAMIC_RELOC (info, h))
   3368  1.1.1.2  christos 	    break;
   3369  1.1.1.2  christos 
   3370  1.1.1.2  christos 	  /* We may need to create a reloc section in the dynobj and made room
   3371  1.1.1.2  christos 	     for this reloc.  */
   3372  1.1.1.2  christos 	  if (sreloc == NULL)
   3373  1.1.1.2  christos 	    {
   3374  1.1.1.2  christos 	      sreloc = _bfd_elf_make_dynamic_reloc_section
   3375  1.1.1.2  christos 		(sec, dynobj, 2, abfd, /*rela?*/ TRUE);
   3376  1.1.1.2  christos 
   3377      1.1     skrll 	      if (sreloc == NULL)
   3378      1.1     skrll 		return FALSE;
   3379      1.1     skrll 	    }
   3380      1.1     skrll 
   3381      1.1     skrll 	  if (sec->flags & SEC_READONLY)
   3382      1.1     skrll 	    info->flags |= DF_TEXTREL;
   3383      1.1     skrll 
   3384      1.1     skrll 	  sreloc->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
   3385      1.1     skrll 	  break;
   3386      1.1     skrll 
   3387      1.1     skrll 	case R_CRIS_8_PCREL:
   3388      1.1     skrll 	case R_CRIS_16_PCREL:
   3389      1.1     skrll 	case R_CRIS_32_PCREL:
   3390      1.1     skrll 	  if (h != NULL)
   3391      1.1     skrll 	    {
   3392      1.1     skrll 	      h->non_got_ref = 1;
   3393      1.1     skrll 
   3394      1.1     skrll 	      /* Make sure a plt entry is created for this symbol if it
   3395      1.1     skrll 		 turns out to be a function defined by a dynamic object.  */
   3396      1.1     skrll 	      if (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) == STV_DEFAULT)
   3397      1.1     skrll 		h->plt.refcount++;
   3398      1.1     skrll 	    }
   3399      1.1     skrll 
   3400      1.1     skrll 	  /* If we are creating a shared library and this is not a local
   3401      1.1     skrll 	     symbol, we need to copy the reloc into the shared library.
   3402      1.1     skrll 	     However when linking with -Bsymbolic and this is a global
   3403      1.1     skrll 	     symbol which is defined in an object we are including in the
   3404      1.1     skrll 	     link (i.e., DEF_REGULAR is set), then we can resolve the
   3405      1.1     skrll 	     reloc directly.  At this point we have not seen all the input
   3406      1.1     skrll 	     files, so it is possible that DEF_REGULAR is not set now but
   3407  1.1.1.4  christos 	     will be set later (it is never cleared).  In case of a weak
   3408      1.1     skrll 	     definition, DEF_REGULAR may be cleared later by a strong
   3409      1.1     skrll 	     definition in a shared library.  We account for that
   3410      1.1     skrll 	     possibility below by storing information in the relocs_copied
   3411      1.1     skrll 	     field of the hash table entry.  A similar situation occurs
   3412      1.1     skrll 	     when creating shared libraries and symbol visibility changes
   3413      1.1     skrll 	     render the symbol local.  */
   3414      1.1     skrll 
   3415  1.1.1.2  christos 	  /* No need to do anything if we're not creating a shared object.  */
   3416  1.1.1.2  christos 	  if (! bfd_link_pic (info))
   3417  1.1.1.2  christos 	    break;
   3418  1.1.1.2  christos 
   3419      1.1     skrll 	  /* We don't need to handle relocs into sections not going into
   3420  1.1.1.2  christos 	     the "real" output.  */
   3421  1.1.1.2  christos 	  if ((sec->flags & SEC_ALLOC) == 0)
   3422  1.1.1.2  christos 	    break;
   3423  1.1.1.2  christos 
   3424  1.1.1.2  christos 	  /* If the symbol is local, then we know already we can
   3425  1.1.1.4  christos 	     eliminate the reloc.  */
   3426  1.1.1.2  christos 	  if (h == NULL || ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) != STV_DEFAULT)
   3427  1.1.1.2  christos 	    break;
   3428  1.1.1.2  christos 
   3429      1.1     skrll 	  /* If this is with -Bsymbolic and the symbol isn't weak, and
   3430  1.1.1.2  christos 	     is defined by an ordinary object (the ones we include in
   3431  1.1.1.2  christos 	     this shared library) then we can also eliminate the
   3432      1.1     skrll 	     reloc.  See comment above for more eliminable cases which
   3433      1.1     skrll 	     we can't identify at this time.  */
   3434  1.1.1.2  christos 	  if (SYMBOLIC_BIND (info, h)
   3435  1.1.1.2  christos 	      && h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_defweak
   3436      1.1     skrll 	      && h->def_regular)
   3437      1.1     skrll 	    break;
   3438  1.1.1.2  christos 
   3439      1.1     skrll 	  /* We may need to create a reloc section in the dynobj and made room
   3440      1.1     skrll 	     for this reloc.  */
   3441      1.1     skrll 	  if (sreloc == NULL)
   3442      1.1     skrll 	    {
   3443  1.1.1.2  christos 	      sreloc = _bfd_elf_make_dynamic_reloc_section
   3444  1.1.1.2  christos 		(sec, dynobj, 2, abfd, /*rela?*/ TRUE);
   3445  1.1.1.2  christos 
   3446  1.1.1.2  christos 	      if (sreloc == NULL)
   3447      1.1     skrll 		return FALSE;
   3448  1.1.1.2  christos 	    }
   3449  1.1.1.2  christos 
   3450  1.1.1.2  christos 	  sreloc->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
   3451      1.1     skrll 
   3452  1.1.1.2  christos 	  /* We count the number of PC relative relocations we have
   3453      1.1     skrll 	     entered for this symbol, so that we can discard them
   3454  1.1.1.2  christos 	     again if the symbol is later defined by a regular object.
   3455  1.1.1.2  christos 	     We know that h is really a pointer to an
   3456  1.1.1.2  christos 	     elf_cris_link_hash_entry.  */
   3457      1.1     skrll 	  {
   3458  1.1.1.2  christos 	    struct elf_cris_link_hash_entry *eh;
   3459  1.1.1.2  christos 	    struct elf_cris_pcrel_relocs_copied *p;
   3460  1.1.1.2  christos 
   3461  1.1.1.2  christos 	    eh = elf_cris_hash_entry (h);
   3462  1.1.1.2  christos 
   3463  1.1.1.2  christos 	    for (p = eh->pcrel_relocs_copied; p != NULL; p = p->next)
   3464  1.1.1.2  christos 	      if (p->section == sec)
   3465  1.1.1.2  christos 		break;
   3466  1.1.1.2  christos 
   3467  1.1.1.2  christos 	    if (p == NULL)
   3468  1.1.1.2  christos 	      {
   3469  1.1.1.2  christos 		p = ((struct elf_cris_pcrel_relocs_copied *)
   3470      1.1     skrll 		     bfd_alloc (dynobj, (bfd_size_type) sizeof *p));
   3471  1.1.1.2  christos 		if (p == NULL)
   3472  1.1.1.2  christos 		  return FALSE;
   3473      1.1     skrll 		p->next = eh->pcrel_relocs_copied;
   3474      1.1     skrll 		eh->pcrel_relocs_copied = p;
   3475  1.1.1.6  christos 		p->section = sec;
   3476  1.1.1.6  christos 		p->count = 0;
   3477  1.1.1.6  christos 		p->r_type = r_type;
   3478  1.1.1.6  christos 	      }
   3479  1.1.1.6  christos 
   3480  1.1.1.6  christos 	    ++p->count;
   3481  1.1.1.6  christos 	  }
   3482  1.1.1.6  christos 	  break;
   3483  1.1.1.6  christos 
   3484  1.1.1.6  christos 	/* This relocation describes the C++ object vtable hierarchy.
   3485  1.1.1.6  christos 	   Reconstruct it for later use during GC.  */
   3486  1.1.1.6  christos 	case R_CRIS_GNU_VTINHERIT:
   3487  1.1.1.6  christos 	  if (!bfd_elf_gc_record_vtinherit (abfd, sec, h, rel->r_offset))
   3488  1.1.1.6  christos 	    return FALSE;
   3489  1.1.1.6  christos 	  break;
   3490      1.1     skrll 
   3491  1.1.1.2  christos 	/* This relocation describes which C++ vtable entries are actually
   3492  1.1.1.2  christos 	   used.  Record for later use during GC.  */
   3493  1.1.1.2  christos 	case R_CRIS_GNU_VTENTRY:
   3494  1.1.1.2  christos 	  BFD_ASSERT (h != NULL);
   3495  1.1.1.2  christos 	  if (h != NULL
   3496      1.1     skrll 	      && !bfd_elf_gc_record_vtentry (abfd, sec, h, rel->r_addend))
   3497      1.1     skrll 	    return FALSE;
   3498      1.1     skrll 	  break;
   3499      1.1     skrll 
   3500  1.1.1.6  christos 	case R_CRIS_16_TPREL:
   3501      1.1     skrll 	case R_CRIS_32_TPREL:
   3502      1.1     skrll 	  /* Already warned above, when necessary.  */
   3503      1.1     skrll 	  break;
   3504      1.1     skrll 
   3505      1.1     skrll 	default:
   3506      1.1     skrll 	  /* Other relocs do not appear here.  */
   3507      1.1     skrll 	  bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
   3508      1.1     skrll 	  return FALSE;
   3509  1.1.1.2  christos 	}
   3510  1.1.1.2  christos     }
   3511      1.1     skrll 
   3512  1.1.1.2  christos   return TRUE;
   3513      1.1     skrll }
   3514      1.1     skrll 
   3515      1.1     skrll /* Set the sizes of the dynamic sections.  */
   3516      1.1     skrll 
   3517      1.1     skrll static bfd_boolean
   3518  1.1.1.2  christos elf_cris_size_dynamic_sections (bfd *output_bfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
   3519  1.1.1.2  christos 				struct bfd_link_info *info)
   3520  1.1.1.2  christos {
   3521  1.1.1.2  christos   struct elf_cris_link_hash_table * htab;
   3522  1.1.1.6  christos   bfd *dynobj;
   3523      1.1     skrll   asection *s;
   3524      1.1     skrll   bfd_boolean plt;
   3525  1.1.1.6  christos   bfd_boolean relocs;
   3526      1.1     skrll 
   3527      1.1     skrll   htab = elf_cris_hash_table (info);
   3528  1.1.1.4  christos   if (htab == NULL)
   3529      1.1     skrll     return FALSE;
   3530  1.1.1.3  christos 
   3531      1.1     skrll   dynobj = htab->root.dynobj;
   3532      1.1     skrll   BFD_ASSERT (dynobj != NULL);
   3533      1.1     skrll 
   3534      1.1     skrll   if (htab->root.dynamic_sections_created)
   3535      1.1     skrll     {
   3536      1.1     skrll       /* Set the contents of the .interp section to the interpreter.  */
   3537      1.1     skrll       if (bfd_link_executable (info) && !info->nointerp)
   3538      1.1     skrll 	{
   3539  1.1.1.2  christos 	  s = bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj, ".interp");
   3540  1.1.1.2  christos 	  BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
   3541      1.1     skrll 	  s->size = sizeof ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER;
   3542      1.1     skrll 	  s->contents = (unsigned char *) ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER;
   3543      1.1     skrll 	}
   3544      1.1     skrll     }
   3545      1.1     skrll   else
   3546      1.1     skrll     {
   3547  1.1.1.6  christos       /* Adjust all expected GOTPLT uses to use a GOT entry instead.  */
   3548      1.1     skrll       elf_cris_link_hash_traverse (htab, elf_cris_adjust_gotplt_to_got,
   3549      1.1     skrll 				   info);
   3550      1.1     skrll 
   3551      1.1     skrll       /* We may have created entries in the .rela.got section.
   3552      1.1     skrll 	 However, if we are not creating the dynamic sections, we will
   3553      1.1     skrll 	 not actually use these entries.  Reset the size of .rela.got,
   3554      1.1     skrll 	 which will cause it to get stripped from the output file
   3555      1.1     skrll 	 below.  */
   3556      1.1     skrll       s = htab->root.srelgot;
   3557      1.1     skrll       if (s != NULL)
   3558      1.1     skrll 	s->size = 0;
   3559  1.1.1.4  christos     }
   3560  1.1.1.2  christos 
   3561      1.1     skrll   /* If this is a -Bsymbolic shared link, then we need to discard all PC
   3562  1.1.1.2  christos      relative relocs against symbols defined in a regular object.  We
   3563      1.1     skrll      allocated space for them in the check_relocs routine, but we will not
   3564  1.1.1.2  christos      fill them in in the relocate_section routine.  We also discard space
   3565      1.1     skrll      for relocs that have become for local symbols due to symbol
   3566  1.1.1.2  christos      visibility changes.  For programs, we discard space for relocs for
   3567      1.1     skrll      symbols not referenced by any dynamic object.  */
   3568      1.1     skrll   if (bfd_link_pic (info))
   3569      1.1     skrll     elf_cris_link_hash_traverse (htab,
   3570      1.1     skrll 				 elf_cris_discard_excess_dso_dynamics,
   3571      1.1     skrll 				 info);
   3572      1.1     skrll   else
   3573      1.1     skrll     elf_cris_link_hash_traverse (htab,
   3574      1.1     skrll 				 elf_cris_discard_excess_program_dynamics,
   3575      1.1     skrll 				 info);
   3576      1.1     skrll 
   3577      1.1     skrll   /* The check_relocs and adjust_dynamic_symbol entry points have
   3578      1.1     skrll      determined the sizes of the various dynamic sections.  Allocate
   3579      1.1     skrll      memory for them.  */
   3580      1.1     skrll   plt = FALSE;
   3581      1.1     skrll   relocs = FALSE;
   3582      1.1     skrll   for (s = dynobj->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
   3583      1.1     skrll     {
   3584      1.1     skrll       const char *name;
   3585      1.1     skrll 
   3586      1.1     skrll       if ((s->flags & SEC_LINKER_CREATED) == 0)
   3587      1.1     skrll 	continue;
   3588      1.1     skrll 
   3589  1.1.1.2  christos       /* It's OK to base decisions on the section name, because none
   3590  1.1.1.2  christos 	 of the dynobj section names depend upon the input files.  */
   3591  1.1.1.2  christos       name = bfd_get_section_name (dynobj, s);
   3592  1.1.1.2  christos 
   3593  1.1.1.2  christos       if (strcmp (name, ".plt") == 0)
   3594  1.1.1.2  christos 	{
   3595  1.1.1.2  christos 	  /* Remember whether there is a PLT.  */
   3596  1.1.1.2  christos 	  plt = s->size != 0;
   3597      1.1     skrll 	}
   3598      1.1     skrll       else if (strcmp (name, ".got.plt") == 0)
   3599  1.1.1.2  christos 	{
   3600  1.1.1.2  christos 	  /* The .got.plt contains the .got header as well as the
   3601  1.1.1.4  christos 	     actual .got.plt contents.  The .got header may contain a
   3602  1.1.1.2  christos 	     R_CRIS_DTPMOD entry at index 3.  */
   3603  1.1.1.2  christos 	  s->size += htab->dtpmod_refcount != 0
   3604      1.1     skrll 	    ? 8 : 0;
   3605      1.1     skrll 	}
   3606      1.1     skrll       else if (CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".rela"))
   3607  1.1.1.6  christos 	{
   3608      1.1     skrll 	  if (strcmp (name, ".rela.got") == 0
   3609      1.1     skrll 	      && htab->dtpmod_refcount != 0
   3610      1.1     skrll 	      && bfd_link_pic (info))
   3611      1.1     skrll 	    s->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
   3612      1.1     skrll 
   3613      1.1     skrll 	  if (s->size != 0)
   3614      1.1     skrll 	    {
   3615      1.1     skrll 	      /* Remember whether there are any reloc sections other
   3616      1.1     skrll 		 than .rela.plt.  */
   3617  1.1.1.6  christos 	      if (strcmp (name, ".rela.plt") != 0)
   3618  1.1.1.6  christos 		  relocs = TRUE;
   3619      1.1     skrll 
   3620      1.1     skrll 	      /* We use the reloc_count field as a counter if we need
   3621      1.1     skrll 		 to copy relocs into the output file.  */
   3622      1.1     skrll 	      s->reloc_count = 0;
   3623      1.1     skrll 	    }
   3624      1.1     skrll 	}
   3625      1.1     skrll       else if (! CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".got")
   3626      1.1     skrll 	       && strcmp (name, ".dynbss") != 0
   3627      1.1     skrll 	       && s != htab->root.sdynrelro)
   3628      1.1     skrll 	{
   3629      1.1     skrll 	  /* It's not one of our sections, so don't allocate space.  */
   3630      1.1     skrll 	  continue;
   3631      1.1     skrll 	}
   3632      1.1     skrll 
   3633      1.1     skrll       if (s->size == 0)
   3634      1.1     skrll 	{
   3635      1.1     skrll 	  /* If we don't need this section, strip it from the
   3636      1.1     skrll 	     output file.  This is mostly to handle .rela.bss and
   3637      1.1     skrll 	     .rela.plt.  We must create both sections in
   3638      1.1     skrll 	     create_dynamic_sections, because they must be created
   3639      1.1     skrll 	     before the linker maps input sections to output
   3640      1.1     skrll 	     sections.  The linker does that before
   3641      1.1     skrll 	     adjust_dynamic_symbol is called, and it is that
   3642      1.1     skrll 	     function which decides whether anything needs to go
   3643      1.1     skrll 	     into these sections.  */
   3644      1.1     skrll 	  s->flags |= SEC_EXCLUDE;
   3645      1.1     skrll 	  continue;
   3646      1.1     skrll 	}
   3647      1.1     skrll 
   3648      1.1     skrll       if ((s->flags & SEC_HAS_CONTENTS) == 0)
   3649      1.1     skrll 	continue;
   3650      1.1     skrll 
   3651      1.1     skrll       /* Allocate memory for the section contents. We use bfd_zalloc here
   3652      1.1     skrll 	 in case unused entries are not reclaimed before the section's
   3653      1.1     skrll 	 contents are written out.  This should not happen, but this way
   3654      1.1     skrll 	 if it does, we will not write out garbage.  For reloc sections,
   3655      1.1     skrll 	 this will make entries have the type R_CRIS_NONE.  */
   3656      1.1     skrll       s->contents = (bfd_byte *) bfd_zalloc (dynobj, s->size);
   3657      1.1     skrll       if (s->contents == NULL)
   3658      1.1     skrll 	return FALSE;
   3659      1.1     skrll     }
   3660      1.1     skrll 
   3661      1.1     skrll   if (elf_hash_table (info)->dynamic_sections_created)
   3662  1.1.1.4  christos     {
   3663      1.1     skrll       /* Add some entries to the .dynamic section.  We fill in the
   3664      1.1     skrll 	 values later, in elf_cris_finish_dynamic_sections, but we
   3665      1.1     skrll 	 must add the entries now so that we get the correct size for
   3666      1.1     skrll 	 the .dynamic section.  The DT_DEBUG entry is filled in by the
   3667      1.1     skrll 	 dynamic linker and used by the debugger.  */
   3668      1.1     skrll #define add_dynamic_entry(TAG, VAL) \
   3669      1.1     skrll   _bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info, TAG, VAL)
   3670      1.1     skrll 
   3671      1.1     skrll       if (!bfd_link_pic (info))
   3672      1.1     skrll 	{
   3673      1.1     skrll 	  if (!add_dynamic_entry (DT_DEBUG, 0))
   3674      1.1     skrll 	    return FALSE;
   3675      1.1     skrll 	}
   3676      1.1     skrll 
   3677      1.1     skrll       if (plt)
   3678      1.1     skrll 	{
   3679      1.1     skrll 	  if (!add_dynamic_entry (DT_PLTGOT, 0)
   3680      1.1     skrll 	      || !add_dynamic_entry (DT_PLTRELSZ, 0)
   3681      1.1     skrll 	      || !add_dynamic_entry (DT_PLTREL, DT_RELA)
   3682      1.1     skrll 	      || !add_dynamic_entry (DT_JMPREL, 0))
   3683      1.1     skrll 	    return FALSE;
   3684      1.1     skrll 	}
   3685      1.1     skrll 
   3686      1.1     skrll       if (relocs)
   3687      1.1     skrll 	{
   3688      1.1     skrll 	  if (!add_dynamic_entry (DT_RELA, 0)
   3689      1.1     skrll 	      || !add_dynamic_entry (DT_RELASZ, 0)
   3690      1.1     skrll 	      || !add_dynamic_entry (DT_RELAENT, sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela)))
   3691      1.1     skrll 	    return FALSE;
   3692      1.1     skrll 	}
   3693      1.1     skrll 
   3694      1.1     skrll       if ((info->flags & DF_TEXTREL) != 0)
   3695      1.1     skrll 	{
   3696      1.1     skrll 	  if (!add_dynamic_entry (DT_TEXTREL, 0))
   3697      1.1     skrll 	    return FALSE;
   3698      1.1     skrll 	  info->flags |= DF_TEXTREL;
   3699      1.1     skrll 	}
   3700      1.1     skrll     }
   3701      1.1     skrll #undef add_dynamic_entry
   3702      1.1     skrll 
   3703      1.1     skrll   return TRUE;
   3704      1.1     skrll }
   3705      1.1     skrll 
   3706      1.1     skrll /* This function is called via elf_cris_link_hash_traverse if we are
   3707  1.1.1.3  christos    creating a shared object.  In the -Bsymbolic case, it discards the
   3708  1.1.1.3  christos    space allocated to copy PC relative relocs against symbols which
   3709      1.1     skrll    are defined in regular objects.  For the normal non-symbolic case,
   3710      1.1     skrll    we also discard space for relocs that have become local due to
   3711      1.1     skrll    symbol visibility changes.  We allocated space for them in the
   3712      1.1     skrll    check_relocs routine, but we won't fill them in in the
   3713      1.1     skrll    relocate_section routine.  */
   3714      1.1     skrll 
   3715      1.1     skrll static bfd_boolean
   3716      1.1     skrll elf_cris_discard_excess_dso_dynamics (struct elf_cris_link_hash_entry *h,
   3717      1.1     skrll 				      void * inf)
   3718  1.1.1.4  christos {
   3719      1.1     skrll   struct elf_cris_pcrel_relocs_copied *s;
   3720      1.1     skrll   struct bfd_link_info *info = (struct bfd_link_info *) inf;
   3721  1.1.1.2  christos 
   3722  1.1.1.2  christos   /* If a symbol has been forced local or we have found a regular
   3723  1.1.1.2  christos      definition for the symbolic link case, then we won't be needing
   3724  1.1.1.2  christos      any relocs.  */
   3725  1.1.1.2  christos   if (h->root.def_regular
   3726  1.1.1.2  christos       && (h->root.forced_local
   3727  1.1.1.2  christos 	  || SYMBOLIC_BIND (info, &h->root)))
   3728  1.1.1.2  christos     {
   3729  1.1.1.2  christos       for (s = h->pcrel_relocs_copied; s != NULL; s = s->next)
   3730      1.1     skrll 	{
   3731      1.1     skrll 	  asection *sreloc
   3732  1.1.1.2  christos 	    = _bfd_elf_get_dynamic_reloc_section (elf_hash_table (info)
   3733  1.1.1.2  christos 						  ->dynobj,
   3734  1.1.1.2  christos 						  s->section,
   3735  1.1.1.2  christos 						  /*rela?*/ TRUE);
   3736  1.1.1.2  christos 	  sreloc->size -= s->count * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
   3737  1.1.1.2  christos 	}
   3738  1.1.1.2  christos       return TRUE;
   3739  1.1.1.2  christos     }
   3740  1.1.1.2  christos 
   3741  1.1.1.2  christos   /* If we have accounted for PC-relative relocs for read-only
   3742  1.1.1.6  christos      sections, now is the time to warn for them.  We can't do it in
   3743  1.1.1.6  christos      cris_elf_check_relocs, because we don't know the status of all
   3744  1.1.1.2  christos      symbols at that time (and it's common to force symbols local
   3745  1.1.1.2  christos      late).  */
   3746  1.1.1.2  christos 
   3747  1.1.1.2  christos   for (s = h->pcrel_relocs_copied; s != NULL; s = s->next)
   3748  1.1.1.2  christos     if ((s->section->flags & SEC_READONLY) != 0)
   3749  1.1.1.2  christos       {
   3750  1.1.1.2  christos 	/* FIXME: How do we make this optionally a warning only?  */
   3751  1.1.1.2  christos 	_bfd_error_handler
   3752  1.1.1.2  christos 	  /* xgettext:c-format */
   3753  1.1.1.2  christos 	  (_("%B, section `%A', to symbol `%s':\n"
   3754  1.1.1.2  christos 	     "  relocation %s should not be used"
   3755      1.1     skrll 	     " in a shared object; recompile with -fPIC"),
   3756      1.1     skrll 	   s->section->owner,
   3757      1.1     skrll 	   s->section,
   3758      1.1     skrll 	   h->root.root.root.string,
   3759      1.1     skrll 	   cris_elf_howto_table[s->r_type].name);
   3760      1.1     skrll 
   3761      1.1     skrll 	info->flags |= DF_TEXTREL;
   3762      1.1     skrll       }
   3763  1.1.1.3  christos 
   3764  1.1.1.3  christos   return TRUE;
   3765      1.1     skrll }
   3766      1.1     skrll 
   3767      1.1     skrll /* This function is called via elf_cris_link_hash_traverse if we are *not*
   3768      1.1     skrll    creating a shared object.  We discard space for relocs for symbols put
   3769      1.1     skrll    in the .got, but which we found we do not have to resolve at run-time.  */
   3770      1.1     skrll 
   3771      1.1     skrll static bfd_boolean
   3772      1.1     skrll elf_cris_discard_excess_program_dynamics (struct elf_cris_link_hash_entry *h,
   3773      1.1     skrll 					  void * inf)
   3774      1.1     skrll {
   3775      1.1     skrll   struct bfd_link_info *info = (struct bfd_link_info *) inf;
   3776  1.1.1.2  christos 
   3777      1.1     skrll   /* If we're not creating a shared library and have a symbol which is
   3778      1.1     skrll      referred to by .got references, but the symbol is defined locally,
   3779      1.1     skrll      (or rather, not defined by a DSO) then lose the reloc for the .got
   3780      1.1     skrll      (don't allocate room for it).  Likewise for relocs for something
   3781      1.1     skrll      for which we create a PLT.  */
   3782      1.1     skrll   if (!h->root.def_dynamic
   3783  1.1.1.6  christos       || h->root.plt.refcount > 0)
   3784      1.1     skrll     {
   3785      1.1     skrll       if (h->reg_got_refcount > 0
   3786      1.1     skrll 	  /* The size of this section is only valid and in sync with the
   3787      1.1     skrll 	     various reference counts if we do dynamic; don't decrement it
   3788      1.1     skrll 	     otherwise.  */
   3789      1.1     skrll 	  && elf_hash_table (info)->dynamic_sections_created)
   3790      1.1     skrll 	{
   3791      1.1     skrll 	  bfd *dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj;
   3792      1.1     skrll 	  asection *srelgot = elf_hash_table (info)->srelgot;
   3793      1.1     skrll 
   3794      1.1     skrll 	  BFD_ASSERT (dynobj != NULL);
   3795  1.1.1.5  christos 	  BFD_ASSERT (srelgot != NULL);
   3796  1.1.1.5  christos 
   3797  1.1.1.5  christos 	  srelgot->size -= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
   3798  1.1.1.5  christos 	}
   3799      1.1     skrll 
   3800  1.1.1.6  christos       /* If the locally-defined symbol isn't used by a DSO, then we don't
   3801      1.1     skrll 	 have to export it as a dynamic symbol.  This was already done for
   3802      1.1     skrll 	 functions; doing this for all symbols would presumably not
   3803      1.1     skrll 	 introduce new problems.  Of course we don't do this if we're
   3804      1.1     skrll 	 exporting all dynamic symbols, or all data symbols, regardless of
   3805      1.1     skrll 	 them being referenced or not.  */
   3806      1.1     skrll       if (! (info->export_dynamic
   3807      1.1     skrll 	     || (h->root.type != STT_FUNC && info->dynamic_data))
   3808      1.1     skrll 	  && h->root.dynindx != -1
   3809      1.1     skrll 	  && !h->root.dynamic
   3810      1.1     skrll 	  && !h->root.def_dynamic
   3811      1.1     skrll 	  && !h->root.ref_dynamic)
   3812      1.1     skrll 	{
   3813      1.1     skrll 	  h->root.dynindx = -1;
   3814      1.1     skrll 	  _bfd_elf_strtab_delref (elf_hash_table (info)->dynstr,
   3815      1.1     skrll 				  h->root.dynstr_index);
   3816      1.1     skrll 	}
   3817  1.1.1.3  christos     }
   3818      1.1     skrll 
   3819      1.1     skrll   return TRUE;
   3820      1.1     skrll }
   3821      1.1     skrll 
   3822      1.1     skrll /* Reject a file depending on presence and expectation of prefixed
   3823      1.1     skrll    underscores on symbols.  */
   3824      1.1     skrll 
   3825      1.1     skrll static bfd_boolean
   3826      1.1     skrll cris_elf_object_p (bfd *abfd)
   3827      1.1     skrll {
   3828      1.1     skrll   if (! cris_elf_set_mach_from_flags (abfd, elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags))
   3829      1.1     skrll     return FALSE;
   3830      1.1     skrll 
   3831      1.1     skrll   if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_CRIS_UNDERSCORE))
   3832  1.1.1.3  christos     return (bfd_get_symbol_leading_char (abfd) == '_');
   3833  1.1.1.3  christos   else
   3834      1.1     skrll     return (bfd_get_symbol_leading_char (abfd) == 0);
   3835      1.1     skrll }
   3836      1.1     skrll 
   3837      1.1     skrll /* Mark presence or absence of leading underscore.  Set machine type
   3838      1.1     skrll    flags from mach type.  */
   3839      1.1     skrll 
   3840      1.1     skrll static void
   3841      1.1     skrll cris_elf_final_write_processing (bfd *abfd,
   3842      1.1     skrll 				 bfd_boolean linker ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
   3843      1.1     skrll {
   3844      1.1     skrll   unsigned long e_flags = elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags;
   3845      1.1     skrll 
   3846      1.1     skrll   e_flags &= ~EF_CRIS_UNDERSCORE;
   3847      1.1     skrll   if (bfd_get_symbol_leading_char (abfd) == '_')
   3848      1.1     skrll     e_flags |= EF_CRIS_UNDERSCORE;
   3849      1.1     skrll 
   3850      1.1     skrll   switch (bfd_get_mach (abfd))
   3851      1.1     skrll     {
   3852      1.1     skrll     case bfd_mach_cris_v0_v10:
   3853      1.1     skrll       e_flags |= EF_CRIS_VARIANT_ANY_V0_V10;
   3854      1.1     skrll       break;
   3855      1.1     skrll 
   3856      1.1     skrll     case bfd_mach_cris_v10_v32:
   3857      1.1     skrll       e_flags |= EF_CRIS_VARIANT_COMMON_V10_V32;
   3858      1.1     skrll       break;
   3859      1.1     skrll 
   3860      1.1     skrll     case bfd_mach_cris_v32:
   3861      1.1     skrll       e_flags |= EF_CRIS_VARIANT_V32;
   3862      1.1     skrll       break;
   3863      1.1     skrll 
   3864      1.1     skrll     default:
   3865      1.1     skrll       _bfd_abort (__FILE__, __LINE__,
   3866  1.1.1.3  christos 		  _("Unexpected machine number"));
   3867  1.1.1.3  christos     }
   3868      1.1     skrll 
   3869      1.1     skrll   elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags = e_flags;
   3870      1.1     skrll }
   3871      1.1     skrll 
   3872      1.1     skrll /* Set the mach type from e_flags value.  */
   3873      1.1     skrll 
   3874      1.1     skrll static bfd_boolean
   3875      1.1     skrll cris_elf_set_mach_from_flags (bfd *abfd,
   3876      1.1     skrll 			      unsigned long flags)
   3877      1.1     skrll {
   3878      1.1     skrll   switch (flags & EF_CRIS_VARIANT_MASK)
   3879      1.1     skrll     {
   3880      1.1     skrll     case EF_CRIS_VARIANT_ANY_V0_V10:
   3881      1.1     skrll       bfd_default_set_arch_mach (abfd, bfd_arch_cris, bfd_mach_cris_v0_v10);
   3882      1.1     skrll       break;
   3883      1.1     skrll 
   3884      1.1     skrll     case EF_CRIS_VARIANT_V32:
   3885      1.1     skrll       bfd_default_set_arch_mach (abfd, bfd_arch_cris, bfd_mach_cris_v32);
   3886      1.1     skrll       break;
   3887      1.1     skrll 
   3888      1.1     skrll     case EF_CRIS_VARIANT_COMMON_V10_V32:
   3889      1.1     skrll       bfd_default_set_arch_mach (abfd, bfd_arch_cris, bfd_mach_cris_v10_v32);
   3890      1.1     skrll       break;
   3891      1.1     skrll 
   3892      1.1     skrll     default:
   3893      1.1     skrll       /* Since we don't recognize them, we obviously can't support them
   3894      1.1     skrll 	 with this code; we'd have to require that all future handling
   3895      1.1     skrll 	 would be optional.  */
   3896      1.1     skrll       bfd_set_error (bfd_error_wrong_format);
   3897  1.1.1.3  christos       return FALSE;
   3898      1.1     skrll     }
   3899      1.1     skrll 
   3900      1.1     skrll   return TRUE;
   3901      1.1     skrll }
   3902      1.1     skrll 
   3903      1.1     skrll /* Display the flags field.  */
   3904      1.1     skrll 
   3905      1.1     skrll static bfd_boolean
   3906      1.1     skrll cris_elf_print_private_bfd_data (bfd *abfd, void * ptr)
   3907      1.1     skrll {
   3908      1.1     skrll   FILE *file = (FILE *) ptr;
   3909      1.1     skrll 
   3910      1.1     skrll   BFD_ASSERT (abfd != NULL && ptr != NULL);
   3911      1.1     skrll 
   3912      1.1     skrll   _bfd_elf_print_private_bfd_data (abfd, ptr);
   3913      1.1     skrll 
   3914      1.1     skrll   fprintf (file, _("private flags = %lx:"), elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags);
   3915      1.1     skrll 
   3916      1.1     skrll   if (elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_CRIS_UNDERSCORE)
   3917      1.1     skrll     fprintf (file, _(" [symbols have a _ prefix]"));
   3918      1.1     skrll   if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_CRIS_VARIANT_MASK)
   3919      1.1     skrll       == EF_CRIS_VARIANT_COMMON_V10_V32)
   3920      1.1     skrll     fprintf (file, _(" [v10 and v32]"));
   3921      1.1     skrll   if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_CRIS_VARIANT_MASK)
   3922      1.1     skrll       == EF_CRIS_VARIANT_V32)
   3923  1.1.1.6  christos     fprintf (file, _(" [v32]"));
   3924      1.1     skrll 
   3925  1.1.1.6  christos   fputc ('\n', file);
   3926      1.1     skrll   return TRUE;
   3927      1.1     skrll }
   3928  1.1.1.6  christos 
   3929      1.1     skrll /* Don't mix files with and without a leading underscore.  */
   3930      1.1     skrll 
   3931      1.1     skrll static bfd_boolean
   3932      1.1     skrll cris_elf_merge_private_bfd_data (bfd *ibfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
   3933      1.1     skrll {
   3934      1.1     skrll   bfd *obfd = info->output_bfd;
   3935      1.1     skrll   int imach, omach;
   3936      1.1     skrll 
   3937      1.1     skrll   if (! _bfd_generic_verify_endian_match (ibfd, info))
   3938      1.1     skrll     return FALSE;
   3939      1.1     skrll 
   3940      1.1     skrll   if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
   3941      1.1     skrll       || bfd_get_flavour (obfd) != bfd_target_elf_flavour)
   3942      1.1     skrll     return TRUE;
   3943      1.1     skrll 
   3944      1.1     skrll   imach = bfd_get_mach (ibfd);
   3945      1.1     skrll 
   3946      1.1     skrll   if (! elf_flags_init (obfd))
   3947      1.1     skrll     {
   3948      1.1     skrll       /* This happens when ld starts out with a 'blank' output file.  */
   3949      1.1     skrll       elf_flags_init (obfd) = TRUE;
   3950      1.1     skrll 
   3951      1.1     skrll       /* We ignore the linker-set mach, and instead set it according to
   3952      1.1     skrll 	 the first input file.  This would also happen if we could
   3953      1.1     skrll 	 somehow filter out the OUTPUT_ARCH () setting from elf.sc.
   3954      1.1     skrll 	 This allows us to keep the same linker config across
   3955      1.1     skrll 	 cris(v0..v10) and crisv32.  The drawback is that we can't force
   3956  1.1.1.6  christos 	 the output type, which might be a sane thing to do for a
   3957      1.1     skrll 	 v10+v32 compatibility object.  */
   3958      1.1     skrll       if (! bfd_set_arch_mach (obfd, bfd_arch_cris, imach))
   3959      1.1     skrll 	return FALSE;
   3960      1.1     skrll     }
   3961      1.1     skrll 
   3962      1.1     skrll   if (bfd_get_symbol_leading_char (ibfd)
   3963      1.1     skrll       != bfd_get_symbol_leading_char (obfd))
   3964      1.1     skrll     {
   3965      1.1     skrll       _bfd_error_handler
   3966      1.1     skrll 	(bfd_get_symbol_leading_char (ibfd) == '_'
   3967      1.1     skrll 	 ? _("%B: uses _-prefixed symbols, but writing file with non-prefixed symbols")
   3968      1.1     skrll 	 : _("%B: uses non-prefixed symbols, but writing file with _-prefixed symbols"),
   3969      1.1     skrll 	 ibfd);
   3970      1.1     skrll       bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
   3971      1.1     skrll       return FALSE;
   3972      1.1     skrll     }
   3973      1.1     skrll 
   3974      1.1     skrll   omach = bfd_get_mach (obfd);
   3975      1.1     skrll 
   3976  1.1.1.6  christos   if (imach != omach)
   3977      1.1     skrll     {
   3978      1.1     skrll       /* We can get an incompatible combination only if either is
   3979      1.1     skrll 	 bfd_mach_cris_v32, and the other one isn't compatible.  */
   3980      1.1     skrll       if ((imach == bfd_mach_cris_v32
   3981      1.1     skrll 	   && omach != bfd_mach_cris_v10_v32)
   3982      1.1     skrll 	  || (omach == bfd_mach_cris_v32
   3983      1.1     skrll 	      && imach != bfd_mach_cris_v10_v32))
   3984      1.1     skrll 	{
   3985      1.1     skrll 	  _bfd_error_handler
   3986      1.1     skrll 	    ((imach == bfd_mach_cris_v32)
   3987      1.1     skrll 	     ? _("%B contains CRIS v32 code, incompatible"
   3988      1.1     skrll 		 " with previous objects")
   3989      1.1     skrll 	     : _("%B contains non-CRIS-v32 code, incompatible"
   3990      1.1     skrll 		 " with previous objects"),
   3991      1.1     skrll 	     ibfd);
   3992      1.1     skrll 	  bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
   3993      1.1     skrll 	  return FALSE;
   3994      1.1     skrll 	}
   3995      1.1     skrll 
   3996      1.1     skrll       /* We don't have to check the case where the input is compatible
   3997      1.1     skrll 	 with v10 and v32, because the output is already known to be set
   3998      1.1     skrll 	 to the other (compatible) mach.  */
   3999      1.1     skrll       if (omach == bfd_mach_cris_v10_v32
   4000      1.1     skrll 	  && ! bfd_set_arch_mach (obfd, bfd_arch_cris, imach))
   4001  1.1.1.3  christos 	return FALSE;
   4002      1.1     skrll     }
   4003      1.1     skrll 
   4004      1.1     skrll   return TRUE;
   4005      1.1     skrll }
   4006      1.1     skrll 
   4007  1.1.1.6  christos /* Do side-effects of e_flags copying to obfd.  */
   4008  1.1.1.6  christos 
   4009  1.1.1.6  christos static bfd_boolean
   4010  1.1.1.6  christos cris_elf_copy_private_bfd_data (bfd *ibfd, bfd *obfd)
   4011      1.1     skrll {
   4012      1.1     skrll   if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
   4013      1.1     skrll       || bfd_get_flavour (obfd) != bfd_target_elf_flavour)
   4014      1.1     skrll     return TRUE;
   4015      1.1     skrll 
   4016  1.1.1.4  christos   /* Call the base function.  */
   4017  1.1.1.4  christos   if (!_bfd_elf_copy_private_bfd_data (ibfd, obfd))
   4018  1.1.1.4  christos     return FALSE;
   4019      1.1     skrll 
   4020  1.1.1.2  christos   /* Do what we really came here for.  */
   4021  1.1.1.2  christos   return bfd_set_arch_mach (obfd, bfd_arch_cris, bfd_get_mach (ibfd));
   4022      1.1     skrll }
   4023      1.1     skrll 
   4024      1.1     skrll static enum elf_reloc_type_class
   4025      1.1     skrll elf_cris_reloc_type_class (const struct bfd_link_info *info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
   4026      1.1     skrll 			   const asection *rel_sec ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
   4027      1.1     skrll 			   const Elf_Internal_Rela *rela)
   4028      1.1     skrll {
   4029      1.1     skrll   enum elf_cris_reloc_type r_type = ELF32_R_TYPE (rela->r_info);
   4030      1.1     skrll   switch (r_type)
   4031      1.1     skrll     {
   4032      1.1     skrll     case R_CRIS_RELATIVE:
   4033  1.1.1.2  christos       return reloc_class_relative;
   4034  1.1.1.2  christos     case R_CRIS_JUMP_SLOT:
   4035  1.1.1.2  christos       return reloc_class_plt;
   4036  1.1.1.2  christos     case R_CRIS_COPY:
   4037  1.1.1.2  christos       return reloc_class_copy;
   4038  1.1.1.2  christos     default:
   4039  1.1.1.2  christos       return reloc_class_normal;
   4040  1.1.1.2  christos     }
   4041  1.1.1.2  christos }
   4042  1.1.1.2  christos 
   4043  1.1.1.2  christos /* The elf_backend_got_elt_size worker.  For one symbol, we can have up to
   4044  1.1.1.2  christos    two GOT entries from three types with two different sizes.  We handle
   4045  1.1.1.2  christos    it as a single entry, so we can use the regular offset-calculation
   4046  1.1.1.2  christos    machinery.  */
   4047  1.1.1.2  christos 
   4048  1.1.1.2  christos static bfd_vma
   4049  1.1.1.2  christos elf_cris_got_elt_size (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
   4050  1.1.1.2  christos 		       struct bfd_link_info *info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
   4051  1.1.1.2  christos 		       struct elf_link_hash_entry *hr,
   4052  1.1.1.2  christos 		       bfd *ibfd,
   4053  1.1.1.2  christos 		       unsigned long symndx)
   4054  1.1.1.2  christos {
   4055  1.1.1.2  christos   struct elf_link_hash_entry *h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) hr;
   4056  1.1.1.2  christos   bfd_vma eltsiz = 0;
   4057  1.1.1.2  christos 
   4058  1.1.1.2  christos   /* We may have one regular GOT entry or up to two TLS GOT
   4059  1.1.1.2  christos      entries.  */
   4060  1.1.1.2  christos   if (h == NULL)
   4061  1.1.1.2  christos     {
   4062  1.1.1.2  christos       Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (ibfd)->symtab_hdr;
   4063  1.1.1.2  christos       bfd_signed_vma *local_got_refcounts = elf_local_got_refcounts (ibfd);
   4064  1.1.1.2  christos 
   4065  1.1.1.2  christos       BFD_ASSERT (local_got_refcounts != NULL);
   4066  1.1.1.2  christos 
   4067  1.1.1.2  christos       if (local_got_refcounts[LGOT_REG_NDX (symndx)] > 0)
   4068  1.1.1.2  christos 	{
   4069  1.1.1.2  christos 	  /* We can't have a variable referred to both as a regular
   4070  1.1.1.2  christos 	     variable and through TLS relocs.  */
   4071  1.1.1.2  christos 	  BFD_ASSERT (local_got_refcounts[LGOT_DTP_NDX (symndx)] == 0
   4072  1.1.1.2  christos 		      && local_got_refcounts[LGOT_TPREL_NDX (symndx)] == 0);
   4073  1.1.1.2  christos 	  return 4;
   4074  1.1.1.2  christos 	}
   4075  1.1.1.2  christos 
   4076  1.1.1.2  christos       if (local_got_refcounts[LGOT_DTP_NDX (symndx)] > 0)
   4077  1.1.1.2  christos 	eltsiz += 8;
   4078  1.1.1.2  christos 
   4079  1.1.1.2  christos       if (local_got_refcounts[LGOT_TPREL_NDX (symndx)] > 0)
   4080  1.1.1.2  christos 	eltsiz += 4;
   4081  1.1.1.2  christos     }
   4082  1.1.1.2  christos   else
   4083  1.1.1.2  christos     {
   4084  1.1.1.2  christos       struct elf_cris_link_hash_entry *hh = elf_cris_hash_entry (h);
   4085  1.1.1.2  christos       if (hh->reg_got_refcount > 0)
   4086  1.1.1.2  christos 	{
   4087  1.1.1.2  christos 	  /* The actual error-on-input is emitted elsewhere.  */
   4088  1.1.1.2  christos 	  BFD_ASSERT (hh->dtp_refcount == 0 && hh->tprel_refcount == 0);
   4089  1.1.1.2  christos 	  return 4;
   4090  1.1.1.2  christos 	}
   4091  1.1.1.2  christos 
   4092  1.1.1.2  christos       if (hh->dtp_refcount > 0)
   4093  1.1.1.2  christos 	eltsiz += 8;
   4094  1.1.1.2  christos 
   4095      1.1     skrll       if (hh->tprel_refcount > 0)
   4096      1.1     skrll 	eltsiz += 4;
   4097  1.1.1.2  christos     }
   4098      1.1     skrll 
   4099      1.1     skrll   /* We're only called when h->got.refcount is non-zero, so we must
   4100      1.1     skrll      have a non-zero size.  */
   4101  1.1.1.4  christos   BFD_ASSERT (eltsiz != 0);
   4102      1.1     skrll   return eltsiz;
   4103      1.1     skrll }
   4104      1.1     skrll 
   4105      1.1     skrll #define ELF_ARCH		bfd_arch_cris
   4107      1.1     skrll #define ELF_TARGET_ID		CRIS_ELF_DATA
   4108      1.1     skrll #define ELF_MACHINE_CODE	EM_CRIS
   4109  1.1.1.2  christos #define ELF_MAXPAGESIZE		0x2000
   4110  1.1.1.6  christos 
   4111      1.1     skrll #define TARGET_LITTLE_SYM	cris_elf32_vec
   4112      1.1     skrll #define TARGET_LITTLE_NAME	"elf32-cris"
   4113      1.1     skrll #define elf_symbol_leading_char 0
   4114      1.1     skrll 
   4115      1.1     skrll #define elf_info_to_howto_rel			NULL
   4116      1.1     skrll #define elf_info_to_howto			cris_info_to_howto_rela
   4117      1.1     skrll #define elf_backend_relocate_section		cris_elf_relocate_section
   4118      1.1     skrll #define elf_backend_gc_mark_hook		cris_elf_gc_mark_hook
   4119      1.1     skrll #define elf_backend_plt_sym_val			cris_elf_plt_sym_val
   4120      1.1     skrll #define elf_backend_check_relocs		cris_elf_check_relocs
   4121      1.1     skrll #define elf_backend_grok_prstatus		cris_elf_grok_prstatus
   4122      1.1     skrll #define elf_backend_grok_psinfo			cris_elf_grok_psinfo
   4123      1.1     skrll 
   4124      1.1     skrll #define elf_backend_can_gc_sections		1
   4125      1.1     skrll #define elf_backend_can_refcount		1
   4126      1.1     skrll 
   4127      1.1     skrll #define elf_backend_object_p			cris_elf_object_p
   4128      1.1     skrll #define elf_backend_final_write_processing \
   4129      1.1     skrll 	cris_elf_final_write_processing
   4130      1.1     skrll #define bfd_elf32_bfd_print_private_bfd_data \
   4131      1.1     skrll 	cris_elf_print_private_bfd_data
   4132      1.1     skrll #define bfd_elf32_bfd_merge_private_bfd_data \
   4133      1.1     skrll 	cris_elf_merge_private_bfd_data
   4134  1.1.1.2  christos #define bfd_elf32_bfd_copy_private_bfd_data \
   4135  1.1.1.2  christos 	cris_elf_copy_private_bfd_data
   4136      1.1     skrll 
   4137      1.1     skrll #define bfd_elf32_bfd_reloc_type_lookup		cris_reloc_type_lookup
   4138      1.1     skrll #define bfd_elf32_bfd_reloc_name_lookup	cris_reloc_name_lookup
   4139      1.1     skrll 
   4140      1.1     skrll #define bfd_elf32_bfd_link_hash_table_create \
   4141      1.1     skrll 	elf_cris_link_hash_table_create
   4142      1.1     skrll #define elf_backend_adjust_dynamic_symbol \
   4143      1.1     skrll 	elf_cris_adjust_dynamic_symbol
   4144      1.1     skrll #define elf_backend_copy_indirect_symbol \
   4145      1.1     skrll 	elf_cris_copy_indirect_symbol
   4146      1.1     skrll #define elf_backend_size_dynamic_sections \
   4147      1.1     skrll 	elf_cris_size_dynamic_sections
   4148      1.1     skrll #define elf_backend_init_index_section		_bfd_elf_init_1_index_section
   4149      1.1     skrll #define elf_backend_finish_dynamic_symbol \
   4150      1.1     skrll 	elf_cris_finish_dynamic_symbol
   4151      1.1     skrll #define elf_backend_finish_dynamic_sections \
   4152      1.1     skrll 	elf_cris_finish_dynamic_sections
   4153      1.1     skrll #define elf_backend_create_dynamic_sections \
   4154  1.1.1.2  christos 	_bfd_elf_create_dynamic_sections
   4155  1.1.1.6  christos #define bfd_elf32_bfd_final_link \
   4156  1.1.1.6  christos 	bfd_elf_gc_common_final_link
   4157      1.1     skrll #define elf_backend_hide_symbol			elf_cris_hide_symbol
   4158      1.1     skrll #define elf_backend_reloc_type_class		elf_cris_reloc_type_class
   4159      1.1     skrll 
   4160      1.1     skrll #define elf_backend_want_got_plt	1
   4161      1.1     skrll #define elf_backend_plt_readonly	1
   4162      1.1     skrll #define elf_backend_want_plt_sym	0
   4163      1.1     skrll #define elf_backend_got_header_size	12
   4164      1.1     skrll #define elf_backend_got_elt_size elf_cris_got_elt_size
   4165  1.1.1.6  christos #define elf_backend_dtrel_excludes_plt	1
   4166  1.1.1.6  christos #define elf_backend_want_dynrelro	1
   4167      1.1     skrll 
   4168      1.1     skrll /* Later, we my want to optimize RELA entries into REL entries for dynamic
   4169      1.1     skrll    linking and libraries (if it's a win of any significance).  Until then,
   4170      1.1     skrll    take the easy route.  */
   4171      1.1     skrll #define elf_backend_may_use_rel_p 0
   4172      1.1     skrll #define elf_backend_may_use_rela_p 1
   4173  1.1.1.4  christos #define elf_backend_rela_normal		1
   4174      1.1     skrll 
   4175      1.1     skrll #define elf_backend_linux_prpsinfo32_ugid16	TRUE
   4176      1.1     skrll 
   4177      1.1     skrll #include "elf32-target.h"
   4178      1.1     skrll 
   4179      1.1     skrll #undef TARGET_LITTLE_SYM
   4180                    #undef TARGET_LITTLE_NAME
   4181                    #undef elf_symbol_leading_char
   4182                    
   4183                    #define TARGET_LITTLE_SYM cris_elf32_us_vec
   4184                    #define TARGET_LITTLE_NAME "elf32-us-cris"
   4185                    #define elf_symbol_leading_char '_'
   4186                    #undef elf32_bed
   4187                    #define elf32_bed elf32_us_cris_bed
   4188                    
   4189                    #include "elf32-target.h"
   4190